WO2022028443A1 - Led lamp - Google Patents

Led lamp Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022028443A1
WO2022028443A1 PCT/CN2021/110428 CN2021110428W WO2022028443A1 WO 2022028443 A1 WO2022028443 A1 WO 2022028443A1 CN 2021110428 W CN2021110428 W CN 2021110428W WO 2022028443 A1 WO2022028443 A1 WO 2022028443A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
area
led
light
chip
circuit board
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/110428
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王名斌
梅荣
陈振坤
蒋靖源
姚志雄
张志超
周林
熊爱明
秦建锋
沈涛
Original Assignee
嘉兴山蒲照明电器有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 嘉兴山蒲照明电器有限公司 filed Critical 嘉兴山蒲照明电器有限公司
Priority to JP2023600012U priority Critical patent/JP3242784U/en
Publication of WO2022028443A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022028443A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V19/00Fastening of light sources or lamp holders
    • F21V19/001Fastening of light sources or lamp holders the light sources being semiconductors devices, e.g. LEDs
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21SNON-PORTABLE LIGHTING DEVICES; SYSTEMS THEREOF; VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE EXTERIORS
    • F21S8/00Lighting devices intended for fixed installation
    • F21S8/04Lighting devices intended for fixed installation intended only for mounting on a ceiling or the like overhead structures
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V19/00Fastening of light sources or lamp holders
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V19/00Fastening of light sources or lamp holders
    • F21V19/02Fastening of light sources or lamp holders with provision for adjustment, e.g. for focusing
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V23/00Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V23/00Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices
    • F21V23/02Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices the elements being transformers, impedances or power supply units, e.g. a transformer with a rectifier
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V25/00Safety devices structurally associated with lighting devices
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V29/00Protecting lighting devices from thermal damage; Cooling or heating arrangements specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V29/00Protecting lighting devices from thermal damage; Cooling or heating arrangements specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • F21V29/10Arrangement of heat-generating components to reduce thermal damage, e.g. by distancing heat-generating components from other components to be protected
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V29/00Protecting lighting devices from thermal damage; Cooling or heating arrangements specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • F21V29/50Cooling arrangements
    • F21V29/70Cooling arrangements characterised by passive heat-dissipating elements, e.g. heat-sinks
    • F21V29/71Cooling arrangements characterised by passive heat-dissipating elements, e.g. heat-sinks using a combination of separate elements interconnected by heat-conducting means, e.g. with heat pipes or thermally conductive bars between separate heat-sink elements
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V29/00Protecting lighting devices from thermal damage; Cooling or heating arrangements specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • F21V29/50Cooling arrangements
    • F21V29/70Cooling arrangements characterised by passive heat-dissipating elements, e.g. heat-sinks
    • F21V29/71Cooling arrangements characterised by passive heat-dissipating elements, e.g. heat-sinks using a combination of separate elements interconnected by heat-conducting means, e.g. with heat pipes or thermally conductive bars between separate heat-sink elements
    • F21V29/713Cooling arrangements characterised by passive heat-dissipating elements, e.g. heat-sinks using a combination of separate elements interconnected by heat-conducting means, e.g. with heat pipes or thermally conductive bars between separate heat-sink elements in direct thermal and mechanical contact of each other to form a single system
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V3/00Globes; Bowls; Cover glasses
    • F21V3/04Globes; Bowls; Cover glasses characterised by materials, surface treatments or coatings
    • F21V3/06Globes; Bowls; Cover glasses characterised by materials, surface treatments or coatings characterised by the material
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V5/00Refractors for light sources
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2115/00Light-generating elements of semiconductor light sources
    • F21Y2115/10Light-emitting diodes [LED]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02BCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO BUILDINGS, e.g. HOUSING, HOUSE APPLIANCES OR RELATED END-USER APPLICATIONS
    • Y02B20/00Energy efficient lighting technologies, e.g. halogen lamps or gas discharge lamps
    • Y02B20/40Control techniques providing energy savings, e.g. smart controller or presence detection

Definitions

  • the present application relates to lighting fixtures, and in particular, to an LED lighting fixture.
  • Ceiling lamps are lighting that is adsorbed or embedded in the roof ceiling. Ceiling lamps are often used as lighting equipment in various places such as homes, offices, and entertainment venues.
  • a traditional ceiling lamp is usually composed of a base, a light source module, a circuit module and a lampshade, and the light-emitting elements in the light source module are generally energy-saving lamps. Due to the mercury pollution in the production process and after the use of energy-saving lamps, and its power consumption is larger than that of LEDs, LEDs have the characteristics of no mercury, no toxicity, no electromagnetic pollution, no harmful rays, energy saving and environmental protection, and long service life. Therefore, the light-emitting element of the ceiling lamp gradually replaces the energy-saving lamp with LED.
  • the existing ceiling lamps still have problems in terms of light emission, heat dissipation, installation and packaging during use, as follows:
  • the existing lamps will have the following problems: some usage scenarios may hope that the light emitted by the lamps has a three-dimensional effect or corresponds to the corresponding life scene. It is difficult for users to read the paper surface with color tone under the lamp, or because the color of the text and the observation object is reduced by the elderly, the comfort of the elderly is low, etc.
  • a backlight lens is added to the LED to reduce the dark area in the middle part and the edge part of the lamp.
  • the production cost is greatly increased and the product competition is reduced.
  • optical components between the light-emitting element and the lampshade such as a light guide plate, a lens, a reflection unit, etc., but after using the above optical components, there will be changes in the amount of light incident on the light guide plate, and the structure of the optical components is complex. , uneven brightness on the light guide plate, dark parts on the light guide plate, etc.;
  • the light source modules are mostly installed in the lamp body by screws, or pasted in the lamp body by adhesive, and it is not easy to disassemble and replace after installation. In addition, after the ceiling lamp is used for a long time, the light source module is often aged and burned out. If the light source module is damaged and needs to be replaced, the damaged light source module needs to be removed with a tool, and then the new light source module is replaced by a tool. Installation, the replacement of LED light source modules must be operated by professionals, and the use process is inconvenient;
  • Ceiling lamps are usually flat-shaped structures, which have the characteristics of small occupation height and wide lighting range. However, the overall thickness and size of ceiling lamps are still very large, resulting in an increase in the volume of the product, which in turn increases packaging and inventory costs.
  • the lamps have low safety, low manufacturing efficiency, high cost of use, easy access to the interior of the lamps by insects and affect the appearance, failure to continue lighting when the power supply fails, and small installation area of the circuit board, which affects the luminous flux of the whole lamp. problems such as low remote control sensitivity or narrow remote control range during intelligent control, and noise during installation.
  • the present application provides an LED lamp.
  • An LED lamp comprises a lampshade and a base connected with the lampshade, a first accommodating space formed by the lampshade and the base is provided with a photoelectric module, and the photoelectric module comprises a first insulating part, a power module and a circuit board,
  • the circuit board includes a first surface and a second surface arranged oppositely, the first insulating part covers the electronic components on the first surface, the first insulating part includes a light processing unit, and the light processing unit includes a second surface corresponding to a part of the power module.
  • the light treatment area and the second light treatment area are provided with at least one extension part, and the extension part passes through the through hole on the circuit board.
  • a first chip area and a second chip area are provided on the first surface of the circuit board, and the distance from the first chip area to the base is smaller than the distance from the second chip area to the base.
  • the light processing unit further includes a first light processing area and a third light processing area corresponding to the first chip area and the second chip area, respectively.
  • the first chip area and the second chip area include at least one LED chip, and the distance between adjacent LED chips in the first chip area is smaller than the distance between adjacent LED chips in the second chip area.
  • the second chip area includes a first LED chip group, a second LED chip group and a third LED chip group, and the first LED chip group, the second LED chip group and the third LED chip group are respectively located on different circumferences,
  • the number of LED chips in the second chipset is smaller than the number of LED chips in the first chipset, and the number of LED chips in the first chipset is smaller than the number of LED chips in the third chipset.
  • the power module includes a first power module and a second power module respectively located on the first side and the second side of the circuit board, and the first power module is located between the first chip area and the second chip area.
  • O1, O2, . , ..., Qm, m ⁇ 1, n, m are integers, when m>1, the distance between O1 and Q1 is smaller than the distance between O1 and Qm.
  • connection line between the center point O2n-1 and the center point Q3m-2 passes through at least one LED chip of the second chip set.
  • the cross-section of the first photo-treatment zone and/or the third photo-treatment zone is different from the cross-section of the second photo-treatment zone.
  • the height of the second light treatment area is greater than or equal to the height of the first light treatment area and the third light treatment area.
  • the photoelectric module is rotated and fixed by the installation part, which is convenient for installation and maintenance, and improves the work efficiency; (2) Adjusting the arrangement of the LED chips on the light source module can make the light output effect of the LED lamp more uniform and the heat dissipation effect more excellent. (3) Compared with the electronic components of any light source module, the electronic components on the second surface of the circuit board are located on the inner side of the circuit board in the radial direction, which can avoid the heat generated when the electronic components of the light source module work.
  • Two-sided electronic components, and secondly, the distribution area of the electronic components on the second surface can be limited, so as to control the size of the second insulating part to control the cost;
  • the LED chip and the power module are respectively located on the first surface of the circuit board And the second side, the number of LED chips in the area corresponding to the power module on the first side is smaller than the number of LED chips in the area not corresponding to the power module on the first side, so on the one hand, the dark area in the middle of the LED lamp is significantly reduced, Improve the luminous effect of LED lamps, on the other hand, it can reduce the influence of the heat generated by the power module on the light source module; (5) the second power module with a higher height is located in the groove part of the base, because no need A storage space for the power module is set up, which effectively reduces the height of the ceiling lamp.
  • the photoelectric module can be kept away from the lampshade, so that the amount of light from the light source module to the edge of the lampshade is increased; (6)
  • the first insulating part has a certain amount of light.
  • the second insulating part is in contact with the side wall of the groove part of the base, which increases the contact area and improves the thermal conductivity;
  • the light-emitting surface of the LED chip faces the central axis of the lamp, which can effectively eliminate the middle dark area and improve the luminous effect of the lamp;
  • the refractive index of the packaging layer is n1
  • the material of the lampshade is n1.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an LED lamp of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of FIG. 1 with the lampshade removed;
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective schematic diagram 1 of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
  • FIG. 4 is a second perspective view of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in an embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view 1 of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in another embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
  • FIG. 6 is a second perspective view of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in another embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view 1 of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 8 is a second perspective view of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic perspective view of a first insulating portion of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp in an embodiment
  • Figure 11 is an enlarged view at C in Figure 10;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic perspective view of the second insulating portion of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp in an embodiment
  • 15 is a second structural schematic diagram of a photoelectric module of an LED lamp in an embodiment
  • Fig. 16 is the structural representation of A-A section in Fig. 14;
  • Fig. 17 is the structural representation of the B-B section in Fig. 14;
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic view of the structure of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
  • 19 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of the photoelectric module of the LED lamp in an embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
  • FIG. 20 is a second structural schematic diagram of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
  • 21 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of the photoelectric module of the LED lamp in another embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
  • 22 is a second structural schematic diagram of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in another embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a first insulating portion of an LED lamp in an embodiment
  • 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a second insulating portion of an LED lamp in an embodiment
  • 25 is a schematic structural diagram of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp in an embodiment
  • 26 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an assembling method of a photovoltaic module of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of the optoelectronic module assembled by the assembly method shown in FIG. 26;
  • Fig. 28 is the structural representation of the A-A section in Fig. 27;
  • Fig. 29 is a perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective view of a lampshade in an embodiment
  • Figure 31 is an enlarged view at A in Figure 29;
  • Figure 32 is an enlarged view at B in Figure 29;
  • Figure 33 is a front view of the mounting part
  • FIG. 34 is a perspective view one of the mounting portion in an embodiment
  • 35 is a second perspective view of the mounting portion in an embodiment
  • 36 is a schematic perspective view of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp according to an embodiment
  • Fig. 37 is a perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
  • Figure 39 is an enlarged view at B in Figure 38;
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
  • 41 is a perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
  • FIG. 42 is a perspective view of a mounting portion in an embodiment
  • Fig. 43 is a perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
  • 44 is a perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
  • Figure 45 is a perspective view of a base in an embodiment
  • FIG. 46 is a schematic perspective view of an LED lamp in an embodiment
  • FIG. 47 is a perspective view 1 of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 48 is a second perspective view of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp according to an embodiment
  • FIG. 49 is a schematic perspective view of an LED lamp in an embodiment
  • Figure 50A is a perspective view of the optoelectronic module in Figure 49;
  • Figure 50B is an enlarged schematic view of part A in Figure 50A;
  • 50C is a schematic diagram of the first insulating portion in 50A;
  • Figure 51 is a perspective view of the circuit board in Figure 50;
  • 52A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the LED lamp shown in FIG. 49 with the lampshade removed;
  • Figure 52B is a schematic diagram of the section A-A in Figure 52A;
  • Figure 52C is an enlarged schematic view of part B in Figure 52B;
  • 53A is a schematic structural diagram 1 of an optoelectronic module in an embodiment
  • 53B is a second structural schematic diagram of a photovoltaic module in an embodiment
  • Figure 53C is a schematic diagram of section A-A in Figure 53A;
  • Figure 53D is an enlarged schematic view of part B in Figure 53C;
  • Figure 53E is an enlarged schematic view of part C in Figure 53C
  • FIG. 53F is a schematic structural diagram of the first insulating portion in FIG. 53A;
  • Figure 53G is a schematic diagram of the B-B section in Figure 53F;
  • Figure 53H is an enlarged schematic view of part D in Figure 53G;
  • 54A is a schematic structural diagram 1 of an optoelectronic module in an embodiment
  • 54B is a second structural schematic diagram of a photovoltaic module in an embodiment
  • Figure 54C is a schematic diagram of the cross section E-E in Figure 54B;
  • Figure 54D is an enlarged view of part F in Figure 54C;
  • FIG. 54E is a third structural schematic diagram of an optoelectronic module in an embodiment
  • Figure 54F is an enlarged view of part B in Figure 54E;
  • Figure 54G is an enlarged view of section G-G in Figure 54E;
  • Figure 54H is an enlarged view of part H in Figure 54G;
  • FIG. 54I is a schematic diagram four of the structure of the optoelectronic module in one embodiment
  • Figure 54J is an enlarged view of section I-I in Figure 54I;
  • Figure 54K is an enlarged view of portion J in Figure 54J;
  • Figure 54L is a schematic diagram of the circuit board in Figure 54A;
  • FIG. 54M is a schematic diagram of the first insulating portion in FIG. 54A;
  • Figure 54N is an enlarged view of part K in Figure M;
  • FIG. 55 is a perspective schematic diagram 1 of an LED lamp in an embodiment
  • FIG. 56 is a second perspective view of an LED lamp in an embodiment
  • FIG. 57 is an interface diagram of light emitted by an LED chip passing through in an embodiment
  • 58 is a schematic diagram of the main components of a light fixture according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • vertical generally refers to an included angle of 90 degrees relative to the reference line, but in this application, vertical refers to the situation including 80 degrees to 100 degrees.
  • usage and usage status of the LED lamps described in this application refer to the usage scenarios of the LED lamps in a way of hanging the lampshade vertically downward, and if there are other exceptions, it will be explained separately.
  • the LED light fixture of the embodiment of the present application is, for example, a ceiling light mounted on a ceiling.
  • the upper direction in FIGS. 1 to 57 corresponds to the direction of the floor surface opposite to the ceiling.
  • the LED lamps shown in Figs. 1 to 57 are suitable for the opposite posture in normal use.
  • the LED lamp includes a lampshade 1 and a base 3 connected to the lampshade 1 .
  • a photoelectric module 2 is arranged in the first accommodating space formed by the lampshade 1 and the base 3 .
  • the LED lamp further includes a mounting part 31, a hook 4 and a transfer hook (or adapter) 5 arranged on the base 3, and the optoelectronic module 2 is fixed on the base 3 through the mounting part 31, and the lead The hanger 4 is connected with the adapter 5 .
  • a buffer member 7 is provided, and the buffer member 7 can be, for example, a sponge.
  • the photoelectric module 2 includes a light source module 22 and a power supply module 23.
  • the power supply module 23 may include a battery unit that stores electrical energy.
  • the afterglow module is stored in the battery unit, and the afterglow light is automatically emitted through the afterglow module to ensure safety.
  • the photoelectric module 2 is configured as an integral structure and can be detachably fixed to the base 3. Therefore, when the photoelectric module 2 is damaged, it can be replaced independently. Compared with the whole lamp Replacement, more cost-effective.
  • the photoelectric module 2 in this embodiment includes electronic components, and insulating units are provided outside the electronic components, so as to prevent the photoelectric module 2 from coming into contact with the electronic components when replacing the photoelectric module 2 .
  • the optoelectronic module 2 includes a circuit board 201 .
  • the circuit board 201 can be a single-sided PCB or a double-sided PCB, and at least some electronic components are disposed on the circuit board 201 . Further, all electronic components are arranged on the circuit board 201 .
  • the electronic components include electronic components (such as LED lamp beads) in the light source module 22 and electronic components in the power module 23 . That is to say, the electronic components of the light source module 22 and the electronic components of the power module 23 are integrated on the same circuit board, which saves cost and space.
  • the circuit board 201 includes a first surface 2011 and a second surface 2012 disposed opposite to each other, wherein the first surface 2011 is a surface facing the lampshade 1 .
  • the electronic components of the light source module 22 are arranged on the first side 2011, and all the electronic components of the power module 23 can be arranged on the first side 2011. Therefore, the circuit board 201 only needs to be on the first side. In 2011, the layout of the circuit layer can save the wiring cost.
  • the electronic components of the light source module 22 are arranged on the first surface 2011
  • the electronic components of the power supply module 23 are all arranged on the second surface 2012 .
  • the electronic components in the module 22 and the electronic components in the power module 23 are arranged separately.
  • both the electronic components of the light source module 22 and the electronic components of the power module 23 may generate heat. Therefore, disposing the two separately can avoid the concentration of heat sources or the mutual influence of heat generated during operation.
  • circuit layers can be arranged on the first surface 2011 and the second surface 2012 at the same time.
  • the electronic components in the light source module 22 are arranged on the first side 2011
  • some of the electronic components in the power module 23 are arranged on the first side 2011
  • the other part of the electronic components in the power module 23 are arranged on the first side 2011 .
  • the electronic components of the power module 23 are arranged on the first surface 2011 and the second surface 2012 respectively, so that the electronic components in the power module 23 can be better laid out.
  • the electronic components of the power module 23 located on the first surface 2011 include relatively low-height components, such as IC (control circuit) and chip components (such as chip resistors). Therefore, the light emitted by the light source module 22 has no The blocking of obstacles reduces the light loss and improves the luminous efficiency.
  • the electronic components of the power module 23 located on the second surface 2012 include relatively high-height components, such as transformers, capacitors, inductors, and the like.
  • the electronic components of the power module 23 located on the first side 2011 include heating elements (components that generate more heat during operation, such as ICs, resistors, etc.), while the electronic components of the power module 23 located on the second side 2012 include
  • the heat-labile element such as electrolytic capacitor
  • the heat-labile element and the above-mentioned heating element are respectively arranged on the second surface 2012 and the first surface 2011, which can reduce the influence of the heat generated by the heating element on the heat-labile element. , to improve the overall reliability and life of the power module 23 .
  • the optoelectronic module 2 further includes an insulating unit, and the insulating unit includes a first insulating portion 202 and/or a second insulating portion 203 , wherein the first insulating portion 202 is configured to be used for the light source module 22
  • the light generated during operation is transmitted, and the first insulating portion 202 covers all the electronic components on the first surface 2011 to prevent accidental contact with the electronic components on the first surface 2011 and cause electric shock.
  • the second insulating portion 203 covers all the electronic components on the second surface 2012.
  • the material of the second insulating portion 203 can be selected from one of PC or acrylic, which are lightweight and low-cost.
  • the electronic components on the second surface 2012 are located more radially inward of the circuit board 201 than the electronic components on any one of the light source modules 22 , that is, the electronic components on the second surface 2012 and the light source
  • the projections of the electronic components of the module 22 on the thickness direction of the circuit board 201 do not overlap.
  • it can prevent the heat generated by the electronic components of the light source module 22 from affecting the electronic components on the second surface 2012; on the other hand, it can limit the distribution area of the electronic components on the second surface 2012, thereby controlling the second insulating part 203 size to control costs.
  • the first insulating portion 202 in this embodiment includes a cavity 2021 , and the circuit board 201 is accommodated in the cavity 2021 .
  • the first insulating portion 202 has a side wall 2022, the side wall 2022 is provided with a first limiting portion 2023, one or more second limiting portions 2024 are arranged in the cavity 2021 of the first insulating portion 202, and the circuit board 201 is installed in the first limiting portion 2024.
  • the two sides of the circuit board 201 in the thickness direction are respectively limited by the first limiting portion 2023 and the second limiting portion 2024, that is, the circuit board 201 is sandwiched between the first limiting portion 2023 and the second limiting portion. between 2024 to complete the fix.
  • the circuit board 201 is not easily shaken after the installation is completed.
  • the first limiting portion 2023 may be a buckle
  • the second limiting portion 2024 may be a columnar body.
  • the second insulating portion 203 is provided with a first fastening unit 2031
  • the circuit board 201 is provided with a corresponding second fastening unit 2013
  • the first fastening unit 2031 is fastened to the second fastening unit 2013 , so that the second insulating portion 203 is fixed on the circuit board 201 .
  • the first fastening unit 2031 may be a fastening part
  • the second fastening unit 2013 may be a fastening hole or a fastening part.
  • the second buckling unit 2013 may also be disposed on the first insulating portion 202 to fix the second insulating portion 203 and the first insulating portion 202 .
  • the circuit board 201 and the first insulating portion 202 may be positioned relative to each other through the concave-convex structure, thereby restricting the first insulating portion 202 relative to the circuit board 201 in a horizontal direction (direction parallel to the xy plane) Therefore, there will be no displacement between the light source module 22 and the first insulating part 202, so that the light source module and the first insulating part 202 will not be displaced. The reduction of light extraction efficiency caused by the displacement between parts.
  • the basic structure of the LED lamp is the same as that of the previous embodiment.
  • the LED lamp includes a lampshade 1 , a photoelectric module 2 and a base 3 , which are not repeated here. The difference is that an insulating unit and a circuit board are provided in this embodiment. Another fixed form of . As shown in FIGS.
  • the power supply module 23 includes a first power supply module 231 (eg, the aforementioned electronic components in some of the power supply modules 23 disposed on the first surface 2011 ) and a second power supply module 232 (eg, The aforementioned electronic components in some of the power modules 23 disposed on the second surface 2012), the first power module 231 can be an SMT (surface mounting technology) component, and the second power module 232 can be a DIP (dual inline) -pin package) components, such as DIP components including inductors, capacitors, etc.
  • the first insulating portion 202 is provided with a first fastener 25 , and the first insulating portion 202 is fastened to the light source module 22 through the first fastener 25 .
  • the second insulating portion 203 is provided with a second clip 26 .
  • the second insulating portion 203 is snap-fitted with the light source module 22 through the second clip 26 to insulate and mechanically protect the power module 23 .
  • the first insulating portion 202 and/or the second insulating portion 203 may be provided with reinforcing ribs 27.
  • the reinforcing ribs By providing the reinforcing ribs, the impact strength of the first insulating portion and/or the second insulating portion can be increased, preventing the first insulating portion and the /or the second insulating portion is damaged.
  • the first insulating portion and the second insulating portion of different structures can be combined with each other.
  • each LED chip group includes several LED chips 2201 .
  • the distances from the LED chips 2201 on each LED chip group to the center point are equal or approximately equal.
  • the number of LED chip groups is the same as the number of circles.
  • the pitch angle of the LED chip 2201 can be set to (90/n )°, so that the LED lamps have good light distribution and luminous efficiency.
  • Any two LED chip sets have different luminous spectra, so as to make the brightness of LED lamps uniform and improve the color rendering of LED lamps.
  • two or more LED chip sets can also have the same luminous spectrum, so that LED The lamps have good luminous effect.
  • the average distance between adjacent LED chips 2201 in any radial direction of the circuit board 201 and/or the average distance between adjacent LED chips 2201 on the same circumference is smaller than that in the thickness direction of the optoelectronic module.
  • the distance between the upper first insulating portion 202 and the LED chip 2201 can reduce the uneven brightness in the circumferential direction of the first insulating portion and achieve more uniform brightness.
  • the center-to-center distance of two adjacent LED chips 2201 is L3 , and any LED chip 2201 in any LED chip set 221 is connected to the adjacent LED chip set 221 .
  • the center-to-center distance of the closest LED chip 2201 is L4, which conforms to the following relationship: L3:L4 is 1:0.8-2, preferably L3:L4 is 1:1-1.5. In this way, the distribution of the LED chips 2201 is more uniform, so as to achieve the purpose of uniform light output.
  • two adjacent LED chips 2201 form a central angle A1 with the axis of the LED lamp, and in the middle circle, two adjacent LED chips 2201 and the LED lamps
  • the axis forms a central angle A2, and the angle of the central angle A2 is smaller than the angle of the central angle A1.
  • two adjacent LED chips 2201 form a central angle A3 with the axis of the LED lamp, and the angle of the central angle A3 in the outer ring is smaller than the angle of the central angle A2 in the inner ring.
  • the outer ring therefore has more LED chips 2201 than the middle ring.
  • the spacing between adjacent LED chips 2201 in the outer ring is not much larger than the spacing between adjacent LED chips 2201 in the middle ring. Even, the distance between the two can be close or equal, so the arrangement of the LED chips 2201 will be more uniform, so that the light output can be more uniform.
  • the LED chip group 221 has several groups, and each group is disposed on the circuit board 201 in the form of a ring, and the two adjacent LED chips 2201 and the LED chips 2201 of the inner LED chip group 221 are relatively inner.
  • the angle of the central angle formed by the axis of the lamp is larger than the angle of the central angle formed by the axis of the LED lamp and the adjacent two LED chips 2201 of the LED chip group 221 on the outer side.
  • the LED chip set 221 on the outer side has more LED chips 2201 than the LED chip set 221 on the inner side, so that the distance between the adjacent two LED chips 2201 of the LED chip set 221 on the outer side is the same as that of the LED chip set 221 on the inner side.
  • the distance between two adjacent LED chips 2201 of the LED chip group 221 on the inner side is closer, therefore, the arrangement of the LED chips 2201 will be more uniform, so that the light output can be more uniform.
  • each group of LED chip groups 221 includes at least one LED chip 2201 , and the circuit Any one LED chip 2201 in one group of LED chip groups 221 in the radial direction of the board 201 and any one LED chip 2201 in the other group of LED chip groups 221 radially adjacent to the circuit board 201 are on the circuit board 201.
  • the radial direction is staggered, that is to say, the LED chips 2201 of different LED chip groups 221 are located in different directions in the radial direction of the LED lamp, that is, any one starts from the axis of the LED lamp and extends in the radial direction of the LED lamp. If the line is cut to two or more LED chips 2201 , it will cut to different positions of the two or more LED chips 2201 , that is, it will not cut to the same position of the two or more LED chips 2201 .
  • the arrangement of the LED chips 2201 is more favorable for the uniformity of light output.
  • the open area 2202 between any two adjacent LED chips 2201 in one group of LED chips 221 and any two in the other group of LED chips 221 are staggered in the radial direction of the circuit board 201 and communicated with each other.
  • the contact between the air and the LED chip 2201 is more sufficient on the circulation path, so that the heat dissipation effect is better.
  • the circuit board 201 is radially adjacent to two sets of LED chips 221 , the open area 2202 between any two adjacent LED chips 2201 in one set of LED chips 221 and any two of the other LED chip sets 221 If the open area 2202 between adjacent LED chips 2201 is in the same direction in the radial direction of the circuit board 201, the air will flow directly along the radial direction of the circuit board. On the flow path, the air contacts the LED chips 2201. It is not conducive to the heat dissipation of the LED chip 2201.
  • any open areas 2202 in the three groups of LED chip sets are not in the same direction in the radial direction of the circuit board 201 . .
  • the flow path of convection on the surface of the circuit board 201 is optimized, and the heat dissipation efficiency is improved.
  • each LED chip set 221 only includes LED chips 2201 of one light color, and the LED chips 2201 on each circumference can be staggered in the circumferential direction, and this arrangement has good color mixing and light uniformity.
  • the LED chip 2201 includes an LED chip and a light conversion layer, and the light conversion layer includes glue and phosphor powder, by adjusting the ratio of glue and phosphor powder, the LED chips on a circumference can emit white light, such as warm white light, Daylight color light, etc., the LED chips on the circumference adjacent to the white light emit primary color light, such as red light, green light, blue light, etc.
  • the diffusing part and the second diffusing part, the thickness of the first diffusing part in the optical axis direction of the LED chip 2201 is smaller than the thickness in other directions except the optical axis direction of the LED chip 2201, and the white light emitted by the LED chip is blocked by the first diffusing part.
  • the diffusing part diffuses uniformly, the second diffusing part has a uniform thickness, the primary color light emitted by the LED chip is emitted through the second diffusing part with the same light distribution without diffusing, thus adjusting the color temperature contrast on different circumferences to reproduce sky blue color, and provide appropriate lighting space according to the living scene.
  • a lens can be provided on the LED chip 2201.
  • the LED chip 2201. there are three LED chip groups on the circuit board 201, which are respectively located on the first circle, the second circle and the third circle that are concentric and have different radii.
  • the LED chips 2201 on the second circumference cover the tubular lens, and each LED chip 2201 on the third circumference covers a single lens, which can make the illumination of the LED lamps uniform.
  • a part of the LED chip sets can be irradiated toward the central part of the LED lamp (or the direction of the central axis of the lamp), and a part of the LED chip groups can be irradiated in a direction away from the circuit board 201 to prevent dark parts from appearing in the central part of the LED lamp.
  • two sets of LED chip groups 221 are arranged on the circuit board 201, and the two LED chip groups are respectively arranged on two concentric circles with different radii.
  • the LED chip groups are arranged on another circumference.
  • the first insulating portion 202 is provided with a first absorption area and a second absorption area in the areas corresponding to the first LED chip group and the second LED chip group, respectively.
  • At least one heat dissipation hole can be provided on the circuit board, since the air can flow on the first surface and the second surface of the circuit board, the heat dissipation effect of the LED lamp can be improved.
  • the circuit board is provided with an opening 222 , and the LED chip set 221 is arranged around the opening 222 .
  • the opening 222 corresponds to the base described later. Hole 33 on 3 (see Figures 45 to 46).
  • the area of the openings 222 accounts for 2%-50% of the area of the circuit board 201, preferably the area of the openings accounts for 10-30% of the area of the circuit board, more preferably the area of the openings accounts for 10-20% of the area of the circuit board , on the one hand, because most of the current circuit boards are cut, the opening area is too large, and there is a lot of leftover material in the corners, resulting in waste of resources and increased cost; If it is too large, the distance between adjacent LED chips will be reduced, and the heat generated by the LED chips will easily affect each other and affect the product quality.
  • the light source module 22 may further include a lens unit, and the lens unit is covered on the circuit board 201.
  • the lens unit There are various forms of the lens unit.
  • a night light is arranged between the adjacent LED chip groups, and the lens unit includes a lens body covering the LED chip group and a communication part connecting the adjacent lens bodies and covering the night light.
  • the emitted light diffuses to the center and the outside of the LED lamp, which can achieve uniform illumination;
  • the lens unit has two ridges, and a night light is arranged between the two ridges.
  • the night light is used as a point light source with relative directionality.
  • the lens unit can be provided with protrusions, so that the light emitted by the LED chips 2201 on the circuit board 201 is mainly diffused and emitted in the radial direction with the center of the circuit board 201 as the origin, thereby suppressing the light source module point When the light is on, there is a grainy feeling; fourth, there are multiple groups of LED chip groups on the circuit board 201, the number of lens units is greater than 2, and there are avoidance parts between the lens units, the circuit board 201 has openings, and the LED chip groups surround the openings Setting, the avoidance part has a concave part facing the opening to prevent the light interference of the first insulating part 202; Fifth, the lens unit has a concave part aligned with the LED chip 2201 to accommodate the LED chip 2201, the lens unit has an incident surface and a relative The diffusivity in the projection surface near the optical axis of the LED chip 2201 and the area of the incident surface is set to be higher than that in other areas, the brightness distribution of the lampshad
  • the two outer surfaces are relative to the optical axis direction of the LED chip 2201
  • the light is reflected upward and outward, and by adjusting the position of the LED chip, a part of the illuminance can be suppressed to prevent glare.
  • the arrangement of the LED chips 2201 involved in the implementation forms of the lens units in the second to ninth above may adopt the arrangement in the above-mentioned embodiment, and may also adopt other arrangement forms.
  • the circuit board 201 can also take other different forms.
  • the circuit board 201 can include a plurality of sub-circuit boards 201, and the sub-circuit boards 201 can be arranged in various different structures.
  • the sub-circuit board 201 has a certain inclination angle relative to the base 3; in one embodiment, any sub-circuit board 201 has an inner area where the LED chips 2201 are not placed and an outer area where the LED chips 2201 are placed, for example, any sub-circuit board
  • the smallest area that can be surrounded by all the LED chips 2201 forms the outer area, the LED chips 2201 close to the inner area have small spacing, and the spacing between the LED chips 2201 far from the inner area is large, which can realize uniform lighting of the LED lamps; one
  • the sub-circuit boards 201 are arranged in the circumferential direction, and each sub-circuit board 201 is provided with LED chips 2201 of different colors.
  • the distance between the LED chips is equal to the shortest distance between the LED chips respectively located on the adjacent sub-circuit boards 201.
  • the light-emitting surface can emit light uniformly; in one embodiment, the adjacent sub-circuit boards 201 Connected by the connecting portion, the protruding portion of one sub-circuit board 201 is accommodated in the receiving portion of the adjacent sub-circuit board 201, and the light emitted from the LED chip is easily diffused in the direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the LED chip, thereby suppressing the connection
  • the center of the part is darkened, so as to prevent uneven brightness of the light-emitting surface of the LED lamp; in one embodiment, the circuit board 201 is composed of two sub-circuit boards 201, and the first insulating part 202 is provided with a reflective part, and the reflective part has a sub-circuit board 201.
  • the first reflective surface that reflects the light emitted by the LED chips on the circuit board 201 obliquely from the vertical direction of the circuit board and the second reflective surface that reflects the light emitted by the LED chips on the other sub-circuit board 201 toward the center of the lamp to suppress the The brightness is not uniform on the first insulating portion.
  • the circuit board 201 can also adopt other different forms.
  • the circuit board 201 includes an inner area with the power module 23 and an outer area with the light source module 22 , and the outer area is farther away from the circuit than the inner area.
  • the center and outer regions of the board 201 are alternately arranged with a plurality of first blocks and a plurality of second blocks adjacent to each other, and the distance from the plurality of LED chips 2201 arranged in the first block to the center of the circuit board 201
  • the average value is larger than the average value of the distances from the plurality of LED chips 2201 arranged in the second block to the center of the circuit board 201, so that the light emitted from the LED chips in the outer area can be suppressed from being provided in the covering power supply in the inner area.
  • the second insulating part 203 of the module blocks which can ensure uniform brightness of the light exit surface of the lampshade;
  • the circuit board 201 may also adopt other different forms.
  • the second surface 2012 of the circuit board 201 includes a third area 2014b for placing the power module 23 and a third area 2014b not placed thereon.
  • the first area 2014a and the third area 2014b include an opening 222, and the opening 222 connects the first area 2014a and the third area 2014b, for example, the center of the circuit board is The center of the circle, the area of the circle formed by taking the maximum distance from the electronic components of the power module to the center as the radius is the third area, and the first surface 2011 includes the first area 2014a opposite to the third area 2014b and the fourth area 2015b opposite
  • the number of LED chips located in the first area 2014a is smaller than the number of LED chips located in the second area 2015a, so on the one hand, the dark area in the middle of the LED lamp is significantly reduced, and the luminous effect of the LED lamp is improved, and the other is
  • the third area 2014b is close to the central axis of the LED luminaire (or the central axis of the optoelectronic module), and the fourth area 2015b is far from the central axis of the LED luminaire (compared to the third area 2014b), because the power module 23 is arranged close to the center of the LED lamp.
  • the power module 23 includes the aforementioned first power module 231 and the second power module 232, the power module referred to in the description of FIGS.
  • 19-20 is the second power module 232, and in other embodiments , the first area 2014a and the third area 2014b do not include the opening 222, and the maximum distance from the end or edge of the opening 222 to the first area 2014a is smaller than the distance from the end or edge of the opening 222 to the LED chip 2201.
  • the circuit board 201 may also take other different forms. As shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 22 , the second surface 2012 of the circuit board 201 includes a seventh area 2016b and an eighth area 2017b.
  • Electronic components include heating elements (components that generate more heat during operation, such as ICs, resistors, etc.) and heat-resistant components (meaning components that are easily changed by heat, such as electrolytic capacitors), among which heating elements and The heat-labile elements are located in the seventh area 2016b and the eighth area 2017b respectively, which can reduce the influence of the heat generated by the heating element on the heat-labile element, and improve the overall reliability and life of the power module 23.
  • the first side 2011 includes a fifth area 2016a opposite to the seventh area 2016b and a sixth area 2017a opposite to the eighth area 2017b, the number of LED chips located in the fifth area 2016a is smaller than the number of LED chips located in the sixth area 2017b, thus Reduce the influence of the heat generated by the power module on the light source module.
  • the power module 23 includes the aforementioned first power module 231 and the second power module 232
  • the power module referred to in the description of FIGS. 21-22 is the second power module 232 .
  • the circuit board 201 can also adopt other different forms.
  • the circuit board 201 includes an inner area where the power module 23 is configured and an outer area where the light source module 22 is configured.
  • the outer area is farther from the center of the circuit board 201 than the inner area, and a fragile part (a gap or groove) is arranged between the inner area and the outer area. Cooling area.
  • the circuit board 201 can also take other different forms.
  • the optoelectronic module includes a night light.
  • the circuit board 201 includes a first area for configuring the night light and a second area for configuring the LED chip 2201. The first area is close to the LED.
  • the central axis of the lamp (or the central axis of the photoelectric module), a slit is formed between the night light and the LED chip 2201 to ensure the insulation distance between the night light and the LED chip, and prevent the The potential difference causes a short circuit.
  • the circuit board 201 can also take other different forms.
  • the circuit board 201 is provided with an optical member for controlling the light distribution of the light emitted from the LED chip 2201.
  • the optical member has a dome-shaped incident surface, an exit surface and In the medium part between the two positions, the ratio of the distance r between the LED chip and the incident surface in the optical axis direction and the distance d between the LED chip and the incident surface in the peripheral direction is r/d ⁇ 1.
  • the scene produces the corresponding light space.
  • the first insulating portion 202 has a certain arc from the center of the light source module 22 along the radial direction of the light source module 22 to the edge, or the first insulating portion 202 extends from one end of the light source module 22 along the light source
  • the radial direction of the module 22 to the other end of the light source module 22 has a certain radian, or the first insulating portion 202 has a radial direction from the center of the circuit board 201 to the end of the first insulating portion 202 along the radial direction of the circuit board 201 .
  • the central angle corresponding to the radian is 2° to 50°, preferably 5° to 15°.
  • the first insulating portion 202 includes a transparent base material and a light-transmitting light diffusing layer, the transparent base material is close to the circuit board 201, and a decorative layer forming a predetermined pattern is provided between the transparent base material and the light diffusing layer. The light passing through the decorative layer will not be scattered by the light diffusion layer, so when the LED lamps are observed from the floor side, a pattern with a clear outline can be seen, which can enhance the lighting effect.
  • a plurality of first holes 2032 are provided on the second insulating portion 203 , and a space for accommodating electronic components is formed between the second insulating portion 203 and the circuit board 201 .
  • the arrangement of the first holes 2032 is beneficial to the air convection in the space for accommodating the electronic components, so that at least a part of the heat generated by the electronic components is discharged through the above-mentioned first holes 2032 to enhance the heat dissipation of the electronic components Effect.
  • the second insulating portion 203 may adopt other different forms.
  • the second insulating portion 203 may be composed of a plurality of blocks, with overlapping regions between the blocks, and the distance from the overlapping region to the base 3 is smaller than that of the second insulating portion. 203 The distance from other parts (other than the overlapping area) to the base 3 to prevent the second insulating part from contacting the power module, increase the heat dissipation path, and improve the heat dissipation effect.
  • the first insulating portion 202 can adopt other different forms.
  • the first insulating portion 202 includes a central area and an end area, and the central area is close to the central axis of the LED lamp (or the central axis of the optoelectronic module), Compared with the central area, the end area is far away from the central axis of the LED lamp (or the central axis of the photoelectric module), and the end area is provided with a light guide reflection that guides the light emitted by the light source module 22 from the central area to the end area. part to improve the illumination range of the lamps.
  • the first insulating portion 202 may adopt other different forms.
  • the first insulating portion 202 has an inner region, an outer region, and an intermediate region between the inner region and the outer region, and the inner region is compared with the outer region and the outer region.
  • the middle area is close to the central axis of the LED luminaire (or the central axis of the photoelectric module), and the inner area has a first thick part thicker than the middle area, the first thick part can provide a lens effect, so that the central part of the luminaire is bright, and the light is lost small.
  • the first insulating portion 202 may adopt other different forms.
  • the surface of the first insulating portion 202 may have a plurality of prisms, and each prism has a first prism surface and a different inclined angle relative to the circuit board 201 .
  • On the second prism surface the light emitted from the LED chip is incident on the first prism surface and the second prism surface and is refracted, which can suppress discomfort caused by glare.
  • the first insulating portion 202 may adopt other different forms.
  • the first insulating portion 202 has a light-transmitting portion with high light transmittance and a lens portion with low light transmittance, and the light-transmitting portion surrounds the lens portion and is far away from the LED.
  • the central axis of the lamp can make the illuminance of the lampshade uniform and the light output rate of the lamp is high.
  • the first insulating portion 202 is provided with a lens, which can control the radial and circumferential light distribution of the first insulating portion, suppress the uneven brightness of the lamp in the circumferential direction, and ensure radial light distribution.
  • the first insulating portion 202 can adopt other different forms, the photoelectric module 2 includes a night light, and the night light is arranged on the circumference closest to the central axis of the LED lamp (or the central axis of the photoelectric module), The night light is provided with a mask that can transmit the pattern, which can ensure the luminous efficiency of the lamp and improve the light design.
  • the night light peripheral There is a diffuser cover for diffusing, and the area where the first insulating portion 202 covers the night light and the light source module 22 is a uniform surface without unevenness, so no bright lines are generated.
  • the first insulating portion 202 and the second insulating portion may adopt other different forms.
  • the first insulating portion 202 is provided with a lens group 212 .
  • the group 212 is disposed corresponding to the LED chip group 221, that is, the lens group 212 is located above the LED chip group 221 to cover the LED chip group 221, so that the light distribution is more dispersed and uniform;
  • the first insulating part 202 is provided with multiple groups of heat dissipation holes, the heat dissipation hole group includes a plurality of heat dissipation holes 211, and at least one group of heat dissipation holes is close to the LED chip group 221, so that the heat of the circuit board 201 can be absorbed.
  • the second insulating portion 203 can also be provided with heat dissipation holes 211 to further reduce the temperature of the power module and improve the service life of the lamp.
  • a plurality of auxiliary portions 2033 are arranged on the second insulating portion, and the plurality of auxiliary portions 2033 are distributed in a circle. Of course, other distribution methods can also be used.
  • the auxiliary part can increase the connection strength between the insulating unit and the circuit board, and can also increase the heat dissipation area of the second insulating part to improve the heat dissipation effect.
  • the heat dissipation hole 211 can be arranged in the middle of the first insulating portion 202 (close to the central axis of the optoelectronic module), and a plurality of spaced notches are arranged on the outer edge of the first insulating portion 202, Therefore, air can be convected between the circuit board and the first insulating portion, thereby improving the heat dissipation effect.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the photoelectric module 2b.
  • the photoelectric module 2b includes a light source module 22 and a power module 23, and a reflective light is provided between the light source module 22 and the power module 23.
  • the light source module 22 surrounds the reflective member 29.
  • the light source module 22 includes a circuit board 201 and at least one group of LED chip groups 221 located on the circuit board 201.
  • Each LED chip group includes a plurality of LED chips 2201.
  • the light-emitting surface of the LED chip 2201 faces the central axis of the lamp, which can effectively eliminate the middle dark area and improve the lighting effect of the lamp. Referring to FIG. 55 to FIG.
  • the outer surface of the LED chip 2201 can be isolated from the external environment through a colloid (eg, silica gel) to avoid the risk of electric shock.
  • a colloid eg, silica gel
  • an adhesive layer with a uniform thickness is coated on the entire circuit board 201 .
  • the LED light source module 22 further includes a heat sink 223.
  • the heat sink 223 can be an aluminum ring, a copper ring, etc.
  • the circuit board 201 is attached to the heat sink 223. In order to improve the heat dissipation effect, the heat sink 223 can be far away from the heat sink 223.
  • the surface of the circuit board 201 is provided with heat dissipation ribs (not marked in the figure) to increase the heat dissipation area.
  • the preparation of the LED light source module 22 may adopt the following methods:
  • the dispensing head is aligned with the circuit board 201, the turntable rotates to start dispensing, and the turntable stops rotating after the dispensing is completed;
  • the heat sink 223 is inserted into the slot of the turntable. After the turntable rotates once, the heat sink 223 is cut off, and the heat sink 223 and the circuit board 201 are taken out;
  • the above preparation method has simple operation and low equipment cost, and can effectively improve production efficiency and reduce production cost.
  • the optoelectronic module 2 of the present application further includes a connector terminal 24 , and the electrical connection terminal 24 is electrically connected to an external power source (such as commercial power) for receiving external power signals and sending the power signals to the LEDs.
  • the connector terminals 24 are connected to the electronic components on the second surface 2012 through the wires 241 , and the connection point between the wires 241 and the circuit board 201 is located on the second surface 2012 of the circuit board 201 .
  • the electronic components of the power module are all located on the second surface 2012 as an example, but it is not limited thereto.
  • the circuit board 201 is provided with an opening 2018, the opening 2018 is connected to the first surface 2011 and the second surface 2012, the opening 2018 is close to the wire 241, and the distance from the opening 2018 to the wire 241 in the radial direction of the circuit board is smaller than the length of the wire 241, preferably the opening The shortest distance from 2018 to the wire 241 in the radial direction of the circuit board is less than the length of the wire 241 to ensure stable electrical connection.
  • the first insulating part 202 is provided with a fixing button 2025. After the photoelectric module 2 is assembled, the fixing button 2025 is located in an area that is 30 degrees to 60 degrees from the first surface 2011. Preferably, the fixing button 2025 is located on the first side 2011.
  • Fig. 26 shows an assembling method of an embodiment of the optoelectronic module of the present application, referring to Fig. 26 to Fig. 28, which includes:
  • the connector terminal 24 is connected to the electronic components on the circuit board 201 through the wires 241, and the circuit board 201 is pressed into the first insulating part 202;
  • the second insulating portion 203 is fixed on the circuit board 201 , and the second insulating portion 203 covers the wires 241 and all the electronic components on the second surface 2012 .
  • the circuit board is first fixed on the base, then the connector terminal is fixed on the fixing buckle on the first insulating portion, and finally the first insulating portion is fixed.
  • the position of the first insulating portion needs to be adjusted when fixing the first insulating portion.
  • the electrical connection point between the connector terminal and the circuit board is prone to loosening, and the electrical connection is unstable.
  • the above-mentioned electrical connection is not stable, and a long wire needs to be used, but the wire is too long, which increases the cost of the wire.
  • the assembly method of the present application to assemble the optoelectronic module is simple and convenient, the user can assemble it by himself, and the length of the wire used for the connector terminal and the circuit board is short, which can save the wire; after the assembly is completed, the connector terminal and the circuit board are At a certain angle, the height of the exposed first surface of the connector terminal is minimized, and the light emitted by the light source module is not blocked.
  • the outer edge of the first insulating portion 202 is provided with a first protruding portion 2101 , and the first protruding portion 2101 protrudes from the outer edge of the first insulating portion 202 .
  • the first insulating portion 202 can be configured as a revolving body structure, and a plurality of first protruding portions 2101 can be provided on the outer edge of the first insulating portion 202 along the circumferential direction of the first insulating portion 202 .
  • a mounting portion 31 is provided on the base 3 , and the mounting portion 31 is provided for mounting the first protruding portion 2101 .
  • the mounting portion 31 has a first mounting portion 315
  • the first mounting portion 315 has a first slot 3111 .
  • the first insulating portion 202 has a fixed position and a release position. In the fixed position, the first protruding portion 2101 is clamped into the first slot 3111 to be fixed. In the released position, the first protruding portion 2101 and the The first card slot 3111 is separated.
  • the first insulating portion 202 is switched between the fixed position and the relaxed position in a rotating form (roughly rotating around the axis of the LED lamp). In this embodiment, both sides of the first card slot 3111 in the axial direction of the LED lamp are closed by the first mounting portion 315 and the base 3 .
  • the first mounting portion 315 has a positioning unit, so as to play a positioning role for the first protruding portion 2101 inserted into the first locking slot 3111 .
  • the positioning unit includes a first elastic arm 3112, and a first groove 3113 is formed between the first elastic arm 3112 and the first mounting portion 315.
  • the first protruding portion 2101 is in the LED lamp.
  • the radial ends are snapped into the first grooves 3113 to achieve positioning and fixing of the first insulating portion 202 .
  • a first blocking portion 31121 is formed on the first elastic arm 3112 .
  • the first blocking portion 31121 needs to be overcome (that is, a force needs to be applied to the an insulating portion 202, so that the first protruding portion 2101 presses the first elastic arm 3112 to achieve release), thereby preventing the first insulating portion 202 from slipping from the first card slot due to misoperation or collision, etc. 3111 loose.
  • the first elastic arm 3112 in the fixed position, can exert force on the first protruding portion 2101 to further play a role of tightening the first insulating portion 202 .
  • the first elastic arm 3112 can be integrally formed on the first mounting portion 315 .
  • the first elastic arm 3112 can be a sheet-like structure, and has elasticity due to its own material properties (a material with elasticity in the prior art, such as plastic or metal) can be used.
  • the first blocking portion 31121 can be directly formed by bending the first elastic arm 3112 (or setting a bending on the first elastic arm 3112 ).
  • first mounting portion 315 and the second mounting portion 316 are integral components, and the first engaging slot 3111 and the second engaging slot 3114 are respectively located on opposite sides of the component.
  • first mounting portion 315 and the second mounting portion 316 may also be a split structure (not shown).
  • the optoelectronic module 2 may also adopt other structures to be connected to the base 3 . As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 36 , in some embodiments, the optoelectronic module 2 is fixed to the base 3 by means of magnetic connection (in this embodiment, other basic structures are the same as the previous embodiments). Specifically, the first insulating portion 202 of the optoelectronic module 2 has a first protruding portion 2101 on which a magnet 2102 is arranged, and the base 3 includes a part or component made of iron, so the magnet 2102 can Adsorb directly to the base 3 to complete the fixation.
  • the magnets may also be arranged at different positions, such as arranged on the light source module, the power module or the second insulating portion, which will not be repeated here.
  • the optoelectronic module 2 can also be connected to the base 3 in a screw-fixed manner (in this embodiment, other basic structures are the same as those in the previous embodiment).
  • the first insulating portion 202 of the optoelectronic module 2 has a first protruding portion 2101 .
  • the first protruding portion 2101 is provided with bolts 2103 , and the bolts 2103 are connected to the base 3 , thereby completing the fixing of the optoelectronic module 2 .
  • the bolts may also be arranged at different positions, such as arranged on the light source module, the power module or the second insulating portion, which will not be described herein again.
  • the photoelectric module 2 can also be connected to the base 3 by other screw fixing methods.
  • the base 3 is provided with a plurality of through holes 3201a, and the through holes 3201 can be located on a circumference.
  • the first insulating portion 202 of the photoelectric module 2 is provided with threaded holes, and the screws pass through the through holes to the threaded holes, so as to fix the photoelectric module on the base.
  • FIG. 38 and FIG. 39 the photoelectric module 2 can also be connected to the base 3 by other screw fixing methods.
  • the base 3 is provided with a plurality of through holes 3201a, and the through holes 3201 can be located on a circumference.
  • the first insulating portion 202 of the photoelectric module 2 is provided with threaded holes, and the screws pass through the through holes to the threaded holes, so as to fix the
  • the base 3 is provided with a plurality of through holes 3201b, the through holes 3201b can be located on a circumference, and the through holes 3201 are placed with studs 3202, so that the studs 3202 are riveted to the base 3.
  • the first insulating portion 202 of the photoelectric module 2 is provided with screw holes 3203 , and the screws pass through the screw holes 3203 to the studs 3202 , thereby fixing the photoelectric module 2 on the base 3 .
  • the basic structure of the LED lamp shown in FIG. 41 is the same as that of the lamp (ceiling lamp) of the previous embodiment, the difference is the specific fixing method of the photoelectric module 2 and the base 3.
  • the base 3 There is a mounting portion 31 on the top, the mounting portion 31 includes a fixing portion 314 and an inclined portion 317 connected to the fixing portion 314, the fixing portion 314 includes an upper limit portion 3141, a lower limit portion 3142 opposite to the upper limit portion 3141, and the lower limit portion 3142 is connected to the inclined portion 317 , a connecting portion 3143 is provided between the upper limit portion 3141 and the lower limit portion 3142 , the connecting portion 3143 is connected with a positioning portion 313 , and the positioning portion 313 is opposite to the inclined portion 317 .
  • a part of the corner of the photoelectric module 2 slides into the lower limit part 3142 along the inclined part 317 and is held in a fixed state by the positioning part 313 .
  • the spatial position of the mounting portion 31 is located in the Cartesian coordinate system (x, y, z) shown in FIG. 42, the xy plane is parallel to the upper surface of the lower limit portion 3142, and the angle between the inclined portion 317 and the xy plane is ⁇ ,
  • the range of the included angle ⁇ is 0 ⁇ 20°, preferably 5° ⁇ 15°; the included angle between the positioning portion 313 and the xz plane is ⁇ , and the range of the included angle ⁇ is 10° ⁇ 50°, preferably 20° ° ⁇ 40°, by adjusting ⁇ , the light source module can be fixed in the installation part.
  • the positioning part 313 is provided with a spring plate 3131.
  • the angle ⁇ between the spring plate 3131 and the xz direction is in the range of 28° ⁇ 68°, preferably 38° ⁇ 58°.
  • the maximum length of the setting portion 313 in the z-axis direction is L1
  • the minimum length of the photoelectric module 2 in the z-axis direction is L2
  • the sum of L1 and L2 is greater than
  • an LED lamp is provided, and the basic structure of the LED lamp is the same as that of the lamp (ceiling lamp) of the foregoing embodiment.
  • the difference is the specific fixing method of the photoelectric module 2 and the base 3 .
  • the photoelectric module 2 in this embodiment is provided with mounting holes 28 .
  • the mounting holes 28 may be located at both ends of the photoelectric module 2
  • the base 3 is provided with mounting portions 31 .
  • the mounting holes The number of 28 is the same as that of the mounting portion 31.
  • the mounting portion 31 includes a support portion 311 and a fastener portion 312 fixed on the support portion 311.
  • the fastener portion 312 includes a telescopic portion 3121 and a limit portion 3122. , align the mounting hole 28 on the photoelectric module 2 with the fastener part 312, and then apply force to the photoelectric module 2, so that the telescopic part 3121 is compressed into the installation hole 28 of the photoelectric module 2, and then the photoelectric module 2 It is clipped into the gap between the telescopic portion 3121 and the limiting portion 3122 .
  • the height of the mounting hole 28 is not less than the minimum distance between the telescopic part 3121 and the limiting part 3122, preferably the height of the mounting hole 28 is equal to the minimum distance between the telescopic part 3121 and the limiting part 3122, and the photoelectric module will not be damaged during transportation.
  • the mounting portion 31 further includes a second mounting portion 316 , which has been provided for fixing the lampshade 1 .
  • the lampshade 1 has a wall portion 11, and the lampshade 1 can be configured as a revolving body structure.
  • the wall portion 11 has an edge, and the edge of the wall portion 11 is provided with a second protruding portion 1101 .
  • a plurality of second protruding portions 1101 may be provided along the circumferential direction of the lampshade 1 .
  • the second mounting portion 316 has a second slot 3114 . When the lampshade 1 is fixed to the base 3 , the second protruding portion 1101 is snapped into the second snap groove 3114 to be fixed.
  • the lampshade 1 locks the second protrusion 1101 into the second slot 3114 or loosens it from the second slot 3114 in the form of rotation (roughly around the axis of the LED lamp).
  • the two sides of the second slot 3114 in the axial direction of the LED lamp are closed by the second mounting portion 316 and the base 3 . Therefore, when the second protruding portion 1101 is locked into the second slot 3114 , the position of the second protruding portion 1101 is limited on both sides in the thickness direction of the LED lamp.
  • the two sides of the second card slot 3114 in the axial direction of the LED lamp are closed by the structure of the second mounting portion 316 to achieve the same function as above.
  • the second mounting portion 316 has a positioning unit, so as to play a positioning role for the second protruding portion 1101 that is snapped into the second locking slot 3114 .
  • the positioning unit includes a second elastic arm 3115, and a second groove 3116 is formed between the second elastic arm 3115 and the second mounting portion 316. In the fixed position, the second protruding portion 1101 is in the LED lamp. The radial end is snapped into the second groove 3116 to achieve the positioning and fixation of the lampshade 1 .
  • a second blocking portion 31151 is formed on the second elastic arm 3115 .
  • the second elastic arm 3115 when the second protruding portion 1101 needs to be disengaged from the second slot 3114 to rotate the lampshade 1, it is necessary to overcome the obstruction of the second blocking portion 31151 (that is, the lampshade 1 needs to be forced to be applied to thereby The second protruding portion 1101 is pressed against the second elastic arm 3115 to be released), thereby preventing the lampshade 1 from being released from the second slot 3114 due to misoperation or collision.
  • the second elastic arm 3115 when the lampshade 1 is fixed, the second elastic arm 3115 can exert force on the second protruding portion 1101 , so as to further tighten the lampshade 1 .
  • the second elastic arm 3115 can be integrally formed on the second mounting portion 316 .
  • the second elastic arm 3115 can be a sheet-like structure, and has elasticity due to its own material properties (a material with elasticity in the prior art, such as plastic or metal) can be used.
  • the second blocking portion 31151 can be directly formed by bending the second elastic arm 3115 (or setting the bending at the second elastic arm 3115 ).
  • the lampshade 1 in the present application can adopt different structures.
  • the lampshade 1 has a smooth curved surface to prevent uneven light distribution caused by the difference in refractive index of the lampshade section.
  • the lampshade 1 includes a central portion and a peripheral portion surrounding the central portion, the lampshade 1 has a light diffusing layer, the light diffusing layer contains light diffusing particles, and the density of the light diffusing particles in the central portion is greater than that in the peripheral portion. , so that the brightness of the center and periphery of the lamp is uniform.
  • the lampshade 1 has a plurality of diffusion regions, wherein a diffusion region overlaps with the photoelectric module 2 in the z-axis direction, which can improve the flashing of the lamp.
  • the inner surface or the outer surface of the lampshade 1 may be provided with a brightness enhancement film to distribute the light energy of the light emitted by the light source module 2, so as to achieve uniform light output from the LED lamp and avoid glare.
  • the inner surface and the outer surface are relative positions, and the inner surface of the lampshade 1 is the surface close to the photoelectric module 2 .
  • the lampshade 1 is provided with through holes, and the mounting screws used to mount the lampshade 1 to the base 3 are inserted into the through holes of the lampshade 1 and screwed to the base 3, so that even if the lampshade 1
  • the expansion or contraction of the base and the base due to the temperature change caused by the opening and closing of the lamp can also reduce the stress caused by the expansion or contraction through the clearance, which can prevent the lampshade and the appliance from cracking or generating noise.
  • a light guide plate may be provided between the lampshade 1 and the first insulating portion 202.
  • the light guide plate is, for example, a transparent acrylic resin molded body.
  • the light guide plate may adopt different structures.
  • the luminous intensity (the end near the edge of the base 3) is the luminous intensity of the angle corresponding to 30% of the luminous intensity (maximum luminous intensity) in the main luminous direction of the LED chip 2201; in one embodiment, the light guide plate covers the circuit board 201, and the light guide plate It has an asymmetrical first curved portion and a second curved portion.
  • a part of the light emitted by the LED chip 2201 is directed to the first curved portion, and a portion of the light is directed to the second curved portion, so that the lamp can emit light evenly;
  • the surface of the light guide plate can be formed Dot-shaped diffusers to achieve uniform light emission on the light-emitting surface;
  • the light guide plate includes a main light portion that guides the light emitted from the LED chip 2201 to the periphery of the light guide plate, and guides and scatters the light from the LED chip 2201 toward the central portion of the lamp.
  • the light guide plate includes an introduction unit that introduces light into the interior of the lamp and a lead-out unit that guides light to the outside of the lamp, which can suppress uneven brightness and glare of the light guide plate; in one embodiment , the light guide plate has an inner side and a corresponding outer side, and the radius of curvature of the inner side is larger than that of the outer side, which can prevent bright spots from appearing on the lampshade; in one embodiment, there are multiple groups of LED chips on the circuit board. 221.
  • the LED chip set 221 includes a plurality of LED chips 2201. The light-emitting surface of the LED chips 2201 faces the incident end face of the light guide plate.
  • the first LED chip group, the second LED chip group, and the third LED chip group are installed in a straight line in order from the edge of the direction toward the center line.
  • the first phase is set between the edge of the circuit board 201 and the first LED chip group.
  • the distance between the first LED chip group and the second LED chip group is the second distance L2
  • the distance between the second LED chip group and the third LED chip group is the third distance L3, L1 ⁇ L2 ⁇ L3
  • the light guide plate is not easy to produce dark parts; in one embodiment, the light guide plate has a light-transmitting base material, a plurality of concave prism parts are arranged on the main surface of the light-transmitting base material, and the concave prism parts are covered with a coating to prevent dust accumulation In the main surface and within the prism portion, the coating thickness is sufficiently small to suppress the degradation of the optical performance of the light guide plate.
  • the arrangement of the above-mentioned light guide plate can be combined with the arrangement of the aforementioned LED chips on the circuit
  • the circuit board 201 is annular, such as the circuit board 201 of the optoelectronic module 2b in the foregoing embodiment, a light guide plate may be provided between the lampshade 1 and the first insulating portion 202, and the light-emitting surface of the LED chip 2201 faces In the center of the lamp, the light guide plate can adopt different structures.
  • the thickness of the light guide plate is inclined, and its thickness gradually decreases from the peripheral part to the center part, so that the brightness of the light guide plate is uniform; in one embodiment, the circuit board 201 There are a first LED chip group and a second LED chip group on it, the first LED chip group is incident from the incident end face of the first light guide plate, the second LED chip group is incident from the incident end face of the second light guide plate, and the incident light is directed toward the first light guide plate.
  • the upper and lower surfaces of a light guide plate and a second light guide plate emit light, and the first light guide plate and the second light guide plate have light transmittance along their thickness directions, so that the lamp has a three-dimensional lighting effect; in one embodiment, the ring circuit
  • the plate 201 is sequentially covered with a reflector, a light guide plate and a light collecting cover.
  • the convex part of the light guide plate is inserted into the concave part of the reflecting cover.
  • the light collecting cover has a lens area covering the exit surface inside the light guide plate.
  • the lens area and the light guide plate The concave reflectors are located in optically opposite positions, so that the light emitted by the luminaire has a narrow orientation.
  • FIG. 45 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the bases in the LED lamps of the present application.
  • the bases are located in a space rectangular coordinate system (x, y, z), where the z-axis and the The central axis of the LED lamp is parallel, and the base 3 is disc-shaped, for example, made of aluminum plate or steel plate.
  • the support part 34 and the edge part 35 there is a gap between the support part 34 and the edge part 35, the gap extends along the negative direction of the z-axis to form a groove part 36, the support part 34 and the edge part 35 are in the same position in the positive direction of the z-axis, of course, in other
  • the support portion 34 and the edge portion 35 are located at different positions in the positive z-axis direction.
  • the height of the support portion 34 in the positive z-axis direction is greater than that of the edge portion 35 .
  • the photoelectric module 2 has an upper surface and a lower surface opposite to the upper surface, the lower surface of the photoelectric module 2 is away from the lampshade 1, and the lower surface of the lampshade 1 is in surface contact with the support portion 34, so that the heat generated by the photoelectric module passes through The base is passed out to improve the heat dissipation speed.
  • the optoelectronic module 2 and the support portion 34 are not in a fully attached surface contact state, and there will be a part of the gap between the optoelectronic module 2 and the support portion 34, and some thermally conductive adhesive layers can be filled in the gap.
  • the heat generated by the chip 2201 during operation can be quickly delivered to the base 3 through the circuit board 201 and the thermally conductive adhesive layer, thereby improving the heat dissipation capability.
  • a brightness sensor may be provided on the base 3, and the installation position of the brightness sensor is set at a position where there is no direct light from the lamp, and the lighting conditions of the lamp are continuously adjusted according to the increase in brightness caused by the external light, so as to achieve Save energy and reduce environmental load while appropriately suppressing excessive power consumption.
  • the base 3 is provided with reinforcing ribs, thereby increasing the strength of the base and reducing the thickness of the base.
  • the user usually sets the time to wake up the user through the remote control.
  • the electronic sound of the buzzer is generally used to remind the user, but the buzzer is generally configured on both sides.
  • the sound generating element needs to be installed on the side of the circuit board close to the ceiling. Due to the blockage of the circuit board, the sound emitted by the sound generating element is transmitted to the user at a low volume.
  • the base 3 is provided with an opposite portion facing the circuit board 201
  • the circuit board 201 is provided with an opening corresponding to the opposite portion
  • the sound generating element is installed on the surface of the different side from the LED chip 2201
  • the sound generating element generates sound
  • the sound is reflected by the opposite part and then propagates through the opening, so as to ensure that the user can obtain the desired volume.
  • the optoelectronic module 2 is provided with a power module 23 at a position relative to the groove 36 , and the power module 23 includes a first The power module 231 and the second power module 232.
  • the height of the second power module 232 in the positive direction of the Z axis is greater than the height of the LED chip 2201.
  • the second power module 232 is located in the groove of the base.
  • the second insulating portion 203 is in contact with the side wall of the groove portion 36 to increase the contact area and improve the thermal conductivity.
  • the LED lamp can be thinned (that is, the height in the Z-axis direction is shortened), and the cost of packaging and inventory is reduced.
  • the photoelectric module can be kept away from The lampshade increases the amount of light from the light source module reaching the edge of the lampshade. In other words, when the lampshade is viewed in plan, the edge of the lampshade can be brightly illuminated. As a result, light emitted from, for example, LED lamps can be irradiated over a wider range.
  • the light source module includes a first chip area 2211 and a second chip area 2212, at least a part of which is The power module 23 is located between the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212 .
  • the circuit board 201 includes a first side 2011 and a second side 2012 opposite to each other, and the first side 2011 is provided with a first chip area 2211 and a second chip area 2212 , and the first chip area 2211 and the second chip
  • the area 2212 includes at least one LED chip 2201
  • the power module 23 includes a first power module 231 and a second power module 232, which are respectively located on the first side 2011 and the second side 2012 of the circuit board 201.
  • the first power module 231 is located between the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212 in the radial direction of the circuit board 201 (the first power module 231 is also located on the first side 2011 ), and the power module 23 includes a power supply unit 3a, a booster unit 3b, step-down unit 3c, power supply unit 3a includes a first drive element 3a1, step-down unit 3c includes a second drive element 3c1, boost unit 3b includes a third drive element 3b1, first drive element 3a1, second drive element 3c1 and the third driving element 3b1 are located on the first surface 2011 of the circuit board 201.
  • the temperature of the first driving element 3a1 and the temperature of the third driving element 3b1 are lower than that of the second driving element
  • the temperature of 3c1 preferably the temperature of the first driving element 3a1 is lower than the temperature of the third driving element 3b1, that is, the temperature of the first driving element 3a1 ⁇ the temperature of the third driving element 3b1 ⁇ the temperature of the second driving element 3c1.
  • the second driving element 3c1 is closer to the second chip area 2212 than the first driving element 3a1, and the third driving element 3b1 is farther away from the second chip area 2212 than the second driving element 3c1.
  • the driving elements in the power module are designed to be dispersed. Reduce the influence of its heat on the first chip area and the second chip area.
  • the first chip area 2211 has a first edge S1 and a second edge S2 opposite to each other, the first edge S1 is close to the central axis of the LED lamp, and at least one of the first chip area 2211 close to the first power module 231
  • the surfaces of the two LED chips 2201 are in contact with the second edge S2
  • the second chip area 2212 has a third edge S3 and a fourth edge S4 opposite to each other, and the second edge S2 is located between the first edge S1 and the third edge S3,
  • the third edge S3 is located between the second edge S2 and the fourth edge S4, and the first edge S1, the second edge S2, the third edge S3 and the fourth edge S4 respectively form a figure (such as a circle, an ellipse, etc.) ) in the order of C1, C2, C3 and C4, C1 ⁇ C2 ⁇ C3 ⁇ C4.
  • the surfaces of at least two LED chips 2201 in the second chip area 2212 close to the first power module 231 are in contact with the third edge S3, the distance from the first edge S1 to the second edge S2 is d1, and the first edge S1 and the third edge S3 are in contact with each other.
  • the distance between the three edges S3 is d2
  • the distance between the first edge S1 and the fourth edge S4 is d3, d1+d2 ⁇ d3, preferably 2d1+d2 ⁇ d3
  • the first chip area is close to the central part of the circuit board, which can effectively reduce the number of lamps
  • the first chip area is far away from the first power module, which reduces the influence of the first power module on the first chip set.
  • a second accommodating space is formed between the first insulating portion 202 and the base 3 , the second accommodating space is located in the first accommodating space, the circuit board 201 is located in the second accommodating space, and the first insulating portion 202 includes a light processing unit 202b and isolation unit 202c.
  • the light processing unit 202b is used to control the uniformity of the light output of the LED lamps.
  • the isolation unit 202c includes a first area 202c1 and a second area 202c2, the light processing unit 202b connects the first area 202c1 and the second area 202c2, and in the radial direction of the first insulating portion 202, the first area 202c1 and the second area 202c2 Relative settings.
  • the extending direction of the second area 202c2 intersects with the direction of the central axis of the LED lamp. This inclined design can increase the force-bearing area of the second area and increase the resistance to deformation.
  • the second area 202c2 The included angle with the central axis direction of the LED lamp is 0 degrees to 80 degrees, and preferably, the included angle between the second region 202c2 and the central axis direction of the LED lamp is 30 degrees to 60 degrees.
  • the first insulating portion 202 is provided with at least one fixing unit.
  • the fixing unit is used to fix the circuit board 201.
  • the fixing unit may be a fixing form such as a buckle or a screw connection. between the isolation units 202c.
  • the fixing unit includes at least one first fixing unit 2027a and/or at least one second fixing unit 2027b.
  • the first fixing unit 2027a The same structure as the second fixing unit 2027b may be adopted.
  • the first fixing unit 2027a and the second fixing unit 2027b may adopt different structures.
  • the first fixing unit 2027a is located between the second area 202c2 and the optical processing unit 202b
  • the second fixing unit 2027b is located between the first area 202c1 and the optical processing unit 202b
  • the circuit board 201 includes the opposite first side
  • the portion 201b and the second side portion 201c in the above embodiment, the first edge S1 may correspond to the first side portion 201b, and the fourth edge S4 may correspond to the second side portion 201c.
  • the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212 are located between the first side portion 201b and the second side portion 201c, the first fixing unit 2027a extends toward the central axis of the LED lamp, and the second fixing unit 2027b extends away from the center of the LED lamp
  • the first fixing unit 2027a includes a first fixing surface 2027a1, and the circuit board 201 is located between the first fixing surface 2027a1 and the first insulating portion 202, thereby fixing the second side portion 201c of the circuit board 201, and the second fixing
  • the unit 2027b includes a second fixing surface 2027b1, and the circuit board 201 is located between the second fixing surface 2027b1 and the first insulating portion 202, so as to fix the first side portion 201b of the circuit board 201, and both sides of the circuit board 201 are fixed on the fixing unit by the fixing unit.
  • the stability of the circuit board is improved.
  • the first fixing surface 2027a1 and the second fixing surface 2027b1 are located on the same horizontal plane, but not limited thereto.
  • the distance between the first fixing unit 2027a and the second fixing unit 2027b is smaller than the distance between the first side portion 201b and the second side portion 201c, so as to provide a stable support for the circuit board.
  • the first fixing unit The surface 2027a1 and the second fixing surface 2027b1 are in contact with the circuit board 201.
  • the hardness of the parts of the first fixing unit 2027a and the second fixing unit 2027b that are in contact with the circuit board 201 is greater than that of other parts that are not in contact with the circuit board 201. The effect of fixing the circuit board.
  • first fixing unit 2027a or the second fixing unit 2027b may be used to fix the circuit board 201, as shown in FIGS. 50A to 50B, 51 and 52A to 52C.
  • the first fixing unit 2027a fixes the circuit board 201, and the structure of the first fixing unit 2027a mentioned above will not be repeated here.
  • the first insulating portion 202 is provided with a third opening 2025c, the third opening 2025c is connected to the first fixing surface 2027a1, the circuit board 201 is located between the first fixing unit 2027a and the first insulating portion 202, and the first insulating portion 202 Exposing a part of the circuit board 201 can dissipate a part of the heat generated by the second chip area, thereby reducing the temperature of the electronic components on the first surface of the circuit board.
  • the first insulating portion 202 includes at least one first opening 2025a and at least one second opening 2025b.
  • the first opening 2025a and the second opening 2025b are located in the first region 202c1 and the second region 202c2, respectively.
  • the first opening 2025a and the second opening 2025b make the second accommodating space communicate with the outside, so that the heat generated when the electronic components on the circuit board work are dissipated through the first opening and the second opening.
  • the first area 202c1 includes an isolation plate 2028, and the isolation plate 2028 includes an opposite end and a second end, and the first end is close to the light treatment
  • the unit 202b, the isolation plate 2028 is arranged around the circumference of the first area 202c1 and extends towards the central axis of the LED light fixture.
  • the adapter 5 can be located at the first end or the second end of the isolation plate 2028 to meet different installation requirements of users.
  • the first opening 2025a communicates with the first end of the isolation plate 2028 and the second end of the isolation plate 2028.
  • the height of the first opening 2025a is greater than the height of the circuit board 201, and the first opening 2025a and the third opening 2025c form a first heat dissipation path, the first opening 2025a and the second opening 2025b form a second heat dissipation path, and the first surface 2011 of the circuit board 201 and the circuit board 201 are exposed to the first heat dissipation path and the second heat dissipation path through the first heat dissipation path and the second heat dissipation path.
  • the second surface 2012 of the radiator is used for heat dissipation, which improves the service life of the power module and the light source module.
  • the isolation plate 2028 and the circuit board 201 have a height difference, which can improve the heat dissipation effect on the circuit board.
  • the second end of the isolation plate 2028 may be provided with at least one reinforcement portion 2028a to increase the structural strength of the first region 202c1.
  • a first sub-region 202c3 is formed between two adjacent first openings 2025a, the number of the first sub-regions 202c3 is one less than the number of the first openings 2025a, and each first sub-region 202c3 has at least one reinforcement Section 2028a.
  • FIG. 54A to FIG. 54N Please refer to FIG. 54A to FIG. 54N.
  • the structure of the circuit board in FIG. 54A to FIG. 54N is the same as that of the circuit board shown in FIG. 51.
  • the LED lamp includes a connector connected to the power supply unit 3a.
  • the terminal 24, the connector terminal 24 is electrically connected to the power supply unit 3a through the wire 241, the first insulating part 202 is provided with a wiring unit 202d, which is used to fix the wire 241 and protect the wire from pulling, and the wiring unit 202d includes a light
  • the first wire slot 202b1 communicates with the second wire slot 202c4
  • the wire 241 passes through the first wire slot 202b1 and the second wire slot 202c4 and then passes through the fourth opening 202c5 and the fifth opening 2028b.
  • the fixing unit 2027 further includes at least one positioning post 2027c, and the positioning post 2027c is located between the light processing unit 202b and the second area 202c2 and extends toward the direction close to the first area 202c1 , the circuit board 201 is provided with at least one positioning opening 201d. During installation, the positioning opening is aligned with the positioning post 2027c, so as to preliminarily determine the installation position of the circuit board.
  • the fixing unit 2027 further includes at least one first step 2027d.
  • the first step 2027d is located on the light processing unit 202b and extends toward the direction close to the first area 202c1, so that the light source can be There is a certain distance between the module and the light processing unit, which can limit the installation of the circuit board and prevent the circuit board from being over-pressed, so that the LED chip interferes with the first insulating part, which affects the use.
  • the fixing unit 2027 may further include at least one second step 2027e.
  • the second step 2027e is located on the light processing unit 202b and extends away from the first area 202c1. Only the first step 2027d or the second step 2027e may be provided, or both the first step 2027d and the second step 2027e may be provided.
  • the first insulating portion 202 further includes a transition portion 2026 , and the first insulating portion 202 is connected to the base 3 through the transition portion 2026 .
  • the connecting unit 202e includes a transition portion 2026, the transition portion 2026 is located on the second area 202c2, and the transition portion 2026 is connected to the base 3 through a fixing structure, and the fixing structure may be a snap-on structure or a bolt structure (thread and screw) , buckle structure or magnetic structure, etc.
  • the specific transition portion 2026 is connected to the mounting portion 31 on the base 3 through a fixing structure. If the base structure shown in FIG. 45 is adopted in FIG. 49, in combination with FIGS.
  • the transition portion 2026 includes a connection area 2026a and a reinforcement area 2026b.
  • the connection area 2026a extends from the second area 202c2 toward the edge portion 35, and the connection area 2026a has the highest point and the lowest point in the height direction of the LED lamp.
  • the reinforcement area 2026b extends from the second area 202c2 to the direction close to the edge portion 35.
  • the reinforcement area 2026b connects the second area 202c2 and the connection area 2026a, thereby improving the mechanical strength of the transition portion.
  • a part of the above-mentioned fixing structure may be located in the connection area 2026a.
  • the light processing unit 202b includes a first light processing area 2a, a second light processing area 2b and a third light processing area 2f, and the first light processing area 2a corresponds to The first chip area 2211 and the second light processing area 2b correspond to a part of the power module.
  • the second light processing area 2b corresponds to the first power module 231 and the third light processing area 2f corresponds to the second chip In the region 2212, in one embodiment, the cross section of the first light treatment region 2a and/or the third light treatment region 2f is different from that of the second light treatment region 2b, and the light treatment unit 202b may be the aforementioned light absorption region or lens unit,
  • the second chip area 2212 includes two groups of LED chip groups 221 , a sub-light processing area can be designed corresponding to each group of LED chip groups 221 , and the first insulating portion 202 corresponds to the first chip area 2211 , the first The power module 231 is respectively provided with a first light treatment area 2a and a second light treatment area 2b, and the first insulating portion 202 is provided with a third light treatment area 2f and a third light treatment area 2f corresponding to the second chip area 2212
  • the sub-light processing areas 2c and 2d are included.
  • the optical processing area 2b can be subjected to frosting treatment.
  • the refractive index of the optical processing area 2b is smaller than that of the optical processing area 2a, the sub-light processing areas 2c and 2d.
  • the first chip area and Part of the light emitted by the second chip area will be reflected to the light treatment area 2b, and the light treatment area 2b is subjected to frosting treatment, so that the lamp has a relatively uniform light distribution.
  • the above-mentioned first wire groove 202b1 is located in the first photo-processing area 2a.
  • the light processing unit can be frosted to improve the light extraction effect of the LED lamp, or the first insulating part can be frosted to improve the appearance of the first insulating part and the light extraction effect of the LED lamp.
  • the height direction of the LED lamp for example, the positive direction of the Z axis shown in FIG.
  • the height of the second light treatment area 2b is greater than or equal to the height of the first light treatment area 2a and the third light treatment area 2f
  • the height of some electronic components in the first power module is greater than the height of the LED chip, and the second light processing area 2b can better cover the first power module; on the other hand , part of the light emitted by the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212 will be emitted to the second light processing area 2b, and part or all of this part of the light will be refracted by the second light processing area 2b, thereby avoiding the first chip area 2211, the second light processing area 22b. A dark area appears in the second chip area 2212 .
  • the distance from the first chip area 2211 to the base 3 is smaller than the distance from the second chip area 2212 to the base 3 , and the distance between adjacent LED chips in the first chip area 2211 is smaller than the distance between adjacent LED chips in the second chip area 2212 . Since the first chip area 2211 is closer to the base 3 and the first opening 2025 a than the second chip area 2212 , the heat generated by the first chip area 2211 is easier to dissipate than the second chip area 2212 .
  • the second chip area 2212 includes at least one group of LED chip groups.
  • the second chip area 2212 includes three groups of LED chip groups, respectively The first LED chip group 221a, the second LED chip group 221b and the third LED chip group 221c are respectively located on different circumferences.
  • An LED chip set 221a, a second LED chip set 221b and a third LED chip set 221c each include at least one LED chip 2201, and the second LED chip set 221b is located between the first LED chip set 221a and the third LED chip set 221c.
  • the number of LED chips in the second chipset 221b is smaller than the number of LED chips in the first chipset 221a and the number of LED chips in the third chipset 221b, preferably, the number of LED chips in the second chipset 221b ⁇ the number of LED chips in the first chipset 221a
  • the number ⁇ the number of LED chips in the third chip group 221c can make the light distribution in the second chip area more uniform and reduce the area of the dark area.
  • the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the second chip group 221b is greater than the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the first chip group 221a and the third chip group 221b, and the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the second chip group 221b
  • the larger spacing can reduce the mutual influence between the heat generated by adjacent LED chips in the second chip area.
  • An LED chip is adjacent. There is a center point O 1 , O 2 , .
  • connection line between the point O 2n-1 and the center point Q 3m-2 passes through at least one LED chip 2201 of the second chip set 221b. While increasing the luminous flux of the LED lamp, it can not only avoid dark areas in the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212, but also reduce the phase difference between the first LED chip set 221a, the second chip set 221b, and the third chip set 221c. The heat generated by adjacent LED chips affects each other.
  • the number of LED chips in the first chipset 221a and the second chipset 221b is smaller than the number of LED chips in the third chipset 221c, preferably the number of LED chips in the first chipset 221a is equal to the number of LED chips in the first chipset 221a.
  • the number of LED chips in the second chip group 221b is smaller than that of the third chip group 221c, which can make the light distribution in the second chip area more uniform and reduce the dark area area.
  • the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the second chip group 221b is greater than the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the first chip group 221a, and the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the second chip group is larger, which can be reduced
  • the heat generated by adjacent LED chips in the second chip area affects each other.
  • two LED chips in the first chip group 221a and the third chip group 221c are adjacent to one LED chip in the second chip group 221b.
  • connection with the center point Q 2m-1 passes through at least one LED chip 2201 of the second chip set 221b. While increasing the luminous flux of the LED lamp, it can not only avoid dark areas in the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212, but also reduce the amount of light in the first LED chip set 221a, the second chip set 221b, and the third chip set 221c. The heat generated by adjacent LED chips affects each other.
  • the optoelectronic module 2 further includes a connector terminal 24, which is electrically connected to an external power source (eg, commercial power) for receiving an external power signal and transmitting the power signal to the LED lamps.
  • an external power source eg, commercial power
  • 24 Connect the electronic components on the circuit board 201 through the wires 241, the connection points between the wires 241 and the circuit board 201 are located on the first side 2011 of the circuit board 201, and the connection points between the wires 241 and the circuit board 201 are located in the first chip area 2211 and the second Between the chip areas 2212, the power signal transmission distance is short, the power loss is small, and the power is stable.
  • At least one of the wires connecting an LED chip in the first chip area 2211 and an LED chip 2201 in the second chip area 2212 passes through the electrical connection point between the wire 241 and the circuit board 201 (if there is more than 1 the electrical connection point, then at least one of the electrical connection points), since the electrical connection point is located on the connection line between an LED chip in the first chip area and an LED chip in the second chip area, the first chip area and the second chip area.
  • the light emitted from the area prevents dark spots or dark areas in the area of the lampshade that corresponds to the electrical connection point.
  • the LED lamp may further include secondary light sources 2203 and main light sources, the number of which is greater than the number of secondary light sources.
  • the secondary light source can emit light to provide illumination. For example, when going to bed at night, turn off the main light source, the secondary light source will be on for a period of time, or the user selects the secondary light source to provide a sense of security in lighting.
  • the secondary light source may include night light bulbs and/or afterglow bulbs.
  • the secondary light source 2203 is located outside the second edge S2 of the first chip area 2211 or inside the fourth edge S4 of the second chip area 2212 , or the secondary light source 2230 is located between the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area between 2212 , in some embodiments, the connection between the wire 241 and the electrical connection point of the circuit board 201 and the secondary light source 2203 passes through at least one LED chip 2201 in the first chip area 2211 . In one embodiment, the shortest distance from the secondary light source 2203 to the first chip area 2211 is smaller than the distance from the secondary light source 2203 to the second chip area 2212 , which can improve the light emitting effect of the secondary light source 2203 from the lampshade.
  • the first chip area 2211 and/or the second chip area 2212 includes at least two different LED chips (LED chip a 1 , LED chip a 2 , LED chip a 3 , . . . , LED chip an , n represents the number of types of LED chips), different LED chips (LED chip a 1 , LED chip a 2 , LED chip a 3 , ..., LED chip a n , n represents the number of types of LED chips, n is an integer) for example Different specifications, different color temperatures or different luminous flux, etc., can also be different parameters of LED chips.
  • the first chip area 2211 includes LED chip a 1 , LED chip a 2 and LED chip a 3
  • the second chip area 2212 includes LED chip a 1 , LED chip a 2
  • the LED chips on the circuit board are The total number of a 1 is greater than the total number of LED chips a 2 , for example, LED chip a 1 is a high color temperature LED chip, and LED chip a 2 is a low color temperature LED chip.
  • the color temperature is fully mixed, and the overall color temperature can be adjusted by adjusting the driving current ratio of the two color temperature chips.
  • the number of LED chips a1 in the first chip area 2211 is smaller than the number of LED chips a1 and/or LED chips a2 in the second chip area 2212; in one embodiment, the first chip area 2211 and /or the number of LED chips a 1 in the second chip area 2212 is smaller than the number of LED chips a 2 on the circuit board 201 . In one embodiment, the number of LED chips a1 and/or LED chips a2 is greater than the number of LED chips a3. a 3 may be the above-mentioned secondary light source.
  • the LED luminaire includes at least one set of LED chip sets (LED chip set b 1 , LED chip set b 2 , LED chip set b 3 , . . . , LED chip set b m , where m is an integer), each The LED chip set includes at least one LED chip, and each LED chip set is located on the circuit board 201 . In this embodiment, each LED chip set is located on the first surface of the circuit board 201 , and the LED chips of the same LED chip set are located on or approximately on the same circumference.
  • the LED chips of each LED chip group are located on different circumferences, and are arranged around the same or approximately the same central axis, which can be the central axis of the circuit board 201, or the hanging the central axis of the adapter or adapter.
  • a part of the power module eg, the first power module
  • At least one of the LED chip sets includes a primary light source and a secondary light source, and the luminous flux when the secondary light source is lit can be configured to be 0.1%-10% of the luminous flux when the primary light source is lit. When the primary light source is not emitting light, the secondary light source can emit light to provide illumination.
  • the secondary light source when going to bed at night, turn off the main light source, the secondary light source will be on for a period of time, or the user selects the secondary light source to provide a sense of security in lighting.
  • the secondary light source may include night light bulbs and/or afterglow bulbs.
  • the number of primary light sources is greater than the number of secondary light sources, and the distance between adjacent primary light sources is greater than or equal to the distance between adjacent primary light sources and secondary light sources.
  • the central angle opposite the adjacent main light sources is greater than or equal to the central angle opposite the adjacent main light sources and the secondary light sources.
  • the same chip set includes n LED chips, the central angle between adjacent LED chips or the average central angle a between adjacent LED chips is (360/n) degrees, and the wires 241 are connected to the circuit board.
  • the connection line between the electrical connection point 201 and the circle center o forms a line La
  • the connection line between the secondary light source and the circle center o forms a line Lb
  • the included angle between the line La and the line Lb ranges from 0.3*a to 5*a.
  • the angle between the line La and the line Lb ranges from [360/(n+3)] degrees to [360/(n-5)] degrees, and the wiring distance from the secondary light source to the connector terminal is short and the distance between the secondary light source and the secondary light source is short.
  • the heat generated by the adjacent LED chips has less influence on the secondary light source.
  • the LED lamps include LED chip set b 1 , LED chip set b 2 , LED chip set b 3 , LED chip set b 4 , according to the radius from small to large, that is, the LED chip set b 1 is compared with the LED chip set b 2 , the LED chip set b 3 , the LED chip set b 4 is close to the opening 222 of the circuit board 201 , in this embodiment, the LED chip set b 1 includes a secondary light source, and the wiring distance from the secondary light source to the connector terminal 24 is short , the resistance of the wire is small, so the power loss during operation is low, and the signal transmission is stable. In its embodiment, the LED chip set b4 includes a secondary light source. Since the LED chip set b4 is far away from the hanger or adapter, the light generated when the secondary light source is turned on is not easily absorbed by the hanger or the adapter, so the light loss is low.
  • the light processing unit 202b includes a first light processing area 2a, a second light processing area 2b and a third light processing area 2f.
  • the first light processing area 2a corresponds to the first chip area 2211
  • the second light processing area 2a corresponds to the first chip area 2211.
  • the processing area 2b corresponds to a part of the power module.
  • the second light processing area 2b corresponds to the first power module 231
  • the third light processing area 2f corresponds to the second chip area 2212
  • the light processing unit 202b may be the aforementioned
  • the second chip area 2212 includes three groups of LED chip groups, corresponding to each group of LED chip groups 221a, 221b, 221c can be designed a sub-light processing area
  • the first insulating part 202 On the top, corresponding to the first chip area 2211 and the first power module 231 are respectively provided with light processing areas 2a, 2b
  • the third light processing area 2f includes sub-light processing areas 2c, 2d and 2e
  • the sub-light processing areas 2c, 2d and 2e respectively correspond to the LED chip groups 221a, 221b, 221c in the second chip area
  • the sub-light processing areas 2a, 2c, 2d and 2e include a lens 202a disposed opposite to the LED chip 2201
  • the light processing area 2b includes at least one left inclined portion 2b1 and at
  • the light processing area 2b is provided with at least one extension portion 2b3, and the extension portion 2b3 is in contact with at least one left inclined portion 2b1 and at least one right inclined portion 2b2.
  • the circuit board 201 is provided with a through hole 201a opposite to the extension portion 2b3. 2b3 passes through the through hole 201a on the circuit board 201, thereby fixing the relative position of the circuit board 201 and the first insulating portion 202, and preventing the circuit board 201 from rotating in the circumferential direction.
  • the base can also adopt other different structures.
  • the diameter of the base 3 is larger than the diameter of the lampshade 1, and the sub-light-emitting part is provided in the area outside the lampshade 1 on the base 3, which can effectively improve the illumination range of the lamp.
  • the base 3 is provided with a pad, and a plurality of convex portions protrude from the surface of the pad, and the lampshade 1 is provided with a concave portion corresponding to the convex portion, and the depth of the concave portion is greater than the height of the convex portion protruding from the surface of the pad,
  • FIG. 55 and FIG. 56 are schematic structural diagrams of an embodiment of the LED lamp of the application.
  • the LED lamp includes a lampshade 1, a photoelectric module 2, and a base 3. Its basic structure is the same as that of the previous embodiment, and the description is not repeated here. The difference is:
  • This LED lamp adopts the above-mentioned photoelectric module 2b.
  • the structure of the photoelectric module 2b refers to the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the height of the reflective member can be adjusted to obtain excellent reflective effect and thus better light distribution.
  • the reflector 29 is arched in the direction away from the power module 23 (ie, the negative direction of the y-axis), which can increase the cooling space of the power module on the one hand; to the role of insulation to prevent electric shock.
  • the power module 23 may be fixed on the base 3 by gluing or snapping.
  • the base 3 may be provided with a groove 32 .
  • the electrical components can be located in the grooves 32, and the grooves can increase the heat dissipation space for the electrical components, and can also shorten the heat dissipation path, thereby reducing the temperature of the power module.
  • the LED chip 2201 includes LED lamp beads. As shown in Figure 57, the light emitted by the LED lamp beads will pass through four interfaces C, D, E and F.
  • the C interface is the interface between the packaging layer of the LED lamp beads and the air
  • the D interface is The interface between the air and the light-emitting element
  • the E interface is the interface between the air and the lampshade
  • the F interface is the interface between the lampshade and the air.
  • the main purpose is to reduce the reflection of the C, E and F interfaces, and to improve the D reflection of the interface.
  • the reflection at the C, E and F interfaces will reduce the luminous flux of the LED lamp, so it is necessary to select the material of the LED lamp bead packaging layer and lampshade.
  • 1-(n1-1) 2 /(n1+1) 2 -(n2-1) 2 /(n2+1) 2 >0.9 can be set.
  • n1 and n2 are greater than n3, when the incident angle is greater than the critical angle, total reflection will occur.
  • a first refractive index can be set on the surface of the LED chip 2201 and the inner surface of the lampshade respectively.
  • the refractive index of the first refractive index matching layer n4 (n1*n3) 1/2
  • the refractive index of the second refractive index matching layer n5 (n2*n3) 1/2
  • the range of n1 is 1.4-1.53
  • the range of n4 is 1.18-1.24
  • the range of n2 is 1.5-1.7
  • the range of n5 is 1.22-1.3
  • 0.16 ⁇ n1- n4 ⁇ 0.35, 0.18 ⁇ n4-n3 ⁇ 0.24; 0.2 ⁇ n2-n5 ⁇ 0.48, 0.22 ⁇ n5-n1 ⁇ 0.3 it can be seen that after setting the first index matching layer and the second index matching layer, it can effectively Reduce light reflection and improve light utilization.
  • the interference of the reflected light can be canceled, so as to further reduce the reflection of light. Since n1>n4>n3, there is no half-wave loss. Since the wavelength range of visible light is 400-760nm, in order to reduce the harm of blue light to the human eye and improve the comfort of the human body to light, it is necessary to increase the reflection of blue light and reduce the red light.
  • is the incident angle of light entering the second refractive index matching layer from the lampshade, and ⁇ is the wavelength of red light; by setting the thickness of the above two layers, the LED lamps can achieve a better color temperature and make the room have a warm and comfortable atmosphere.
  • the outer surface of the lampshade 1 may be provided with a multilayer optical film, and the refractive indices of the multilayer optical films are n H , n L , n H , and n L in the direction of light propagation from the lamp shade 1 to the air.
  • n H , H represents a high refractive index film
  • L represents a low refractive index film.
  • the optical thicknesses of the multilayer optical films are respectively 0.5 ⁇ 1, 0.25 ⁇ 2, 0.5 ⁇ 1, 0.25 ⁇ 2..., 0.5 ⁇ 1, ⁇ 1 is the wavelength of blue light, and ⁇ 2 is the wavelength of blue light from the lampshade 1 to the air propagation direction.
  • the wavelength of red light due to the wide wavelength range of visible light, single-layer optical film can not achieve anti-reflection or anti-reflection effect well, using multi-layer optical film, according to the color rendering index or color temperature requirements of lamps, different wavelengths of light can be processed. Anti-reflection or anti-reflection to obtain excellent light-emitting effect.
  • the LED lamps of the present application may also be provided with some other structures.
  • an auxiliary light source is provided in the LED lamp, and the auxiliary light source emits light obliquely upward and radiates the light to the ceiling, thereby improving the brightness of the space.
  • the height (h) and width (w) of the lamp satisfy the relational formula 4 ⁇ d/h ⁇ 9.
  • the lampshade 1 and the base 3 are connected by snaps, and a repellent holding layer containing an insect repellant is provided at the gap between the two connections, so as to effectively prevent insects from entering the interior of the lamp.
  • a backlight source is provided at a position perpendicular to the circuit board 201, and the number of LED chips of the back light source on the side far from the base 3 is greater than the number of LED chips of the backlight source on the side close to the base 3, so that the light-emitting surface can be reduced. Illumination is uniform.
  • the lamp in the embodiment of the present invention also realizes the housekeeping function, which mainly includes three aspects.
  • the first aspect of the function is mainly for residents to go out for a period of time, usually more than 1 day, so as to experience the lighting period with lights. During this period, the lamps simulate the normal lighting state of residents to create the impression of residents at home to the outside world. This feature helps to deter thieves from thinking that someone is in the home.
  • the second aspect of the function is to provide information to outsiders such as residents or designated other persons when a suspicious person enters the home during the period when the resident is not at home.
  • the function of the third aspect is to realize the observation of residents, to judge whether there is an emergency in the body through the state of the resident's body, and to provide information to other designated persons.
  • the setting of the above-mentioned functions can be realized by the remote control of the lamp, or by setting buttons, display screens, touch screens, etc. on the lamp body to realize human-computer interaction, or by using the application programs of smart devices such as smart phones and tablet computers. operate.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention will be specifically described below.
  • the LED lamp in addition to the conventional light-emitting element 1111 and the first power supply module 1112 for powering it, the LED lamp also includes a processing module 1113 , a light sensor 1114 , an infrared sensor 1115 , a communication module 1116 and power supply for these four parts
  • the second power supply module 1117 in addition to the conventional light-emitting element 1111 and the first power supply module 1112 for powering it, the LED lamp also includes a processing module 1113 , a light sensor 1114 , an infrared sensor 1115 , a communication module 1116 and power supply for these four parts
  • the second power supply module 1117 The second power supply module 1117.
  • the light-emitting element 1111 is, for example, a light-emitting diode LED array, the light source module 22 of the present application, or the like, and may also be an incandescent light bulb or a fluorescent tube or other element.
  • the first power supply module 1112 may include a corresponding circuit to convert the 220V commercial power into a form suitable for light-emitting elements.
  • the first power supply module 1112 includes a corresponding rectifier circuit. If it is an incandescent lamp, then The first power supply module 1112 is mainly composed of components used for electrical communication, such as wires and wiring devices.
  • the processing module 1113 mainly includes a processor, and other auxiliary circuits and components to implement logical processing of information, which mainly comes from the light sensor 1114 and the infrared sensor 1115 and the communication module 1116 .
  • the light sensor 1114 is mainly used to sense the ambient light intensity, so that the processor can determine whether the light needs to be turned on or not.
  • the infrared sensor 1115 senses the human body state of the resident by acquiring the infrared sensing image of the environment.
  • the communication module 1116 can perform two-way communication with the outside world through a wireless or wired local area network and/or a wireless communication network such as 3G/4G/5G, and is also used to communicate with the above-mentioned remote controller.
  • the second power supply module 1117 may include conversion circuits such as rectification and filtering, and a battery.
  • the conversion circuit uses the commercial power to supply power to the processing module 1113, the optical sensor 1114, the infrared sensor 1115, and the communication module 1116.
  • the battery is used for power supply.
  • the light-emitting element 1111 is an LED array, the battery can also be used for power supply at this time.
  • the lamp can be set to "housekeeping mode".
  • the operation of the lamp simulates the state of the resident at home. If the ambient light intensity is dark enough, for example, the first light intensity preset value is 100lx, and the current time has not reached the preset rest time, the lighting is turned on. When the rest time is reached, turn off the lighting, or operate at a lower lighting brightness level for a period of time and then turn off the lighting.
  • the lighting is not turned on for a relatively long preset period of time, such as 6 to 8 hours, which is the rest period; state of the night. It can be turned on at a random time, or it can be turned on at a preset time, and the duration is a preset duration or a random duration less than a preset value.
  • the processing module 1113 may determine whether to turn on the lights according to the ambient light intensity after the rest period ends, or determine what time to turn on the lights in the morning according to the current date. If the light is on, the light is turned off when the ambient light is strong enough, eg, greater than the second light intensity preset value.
  • the second preset value of light intensity here should be greater than the aforementioned first preset value of light intensity.
  • This function is designed for the case of illegal entry. During the above-mentioned rest period, it is detected that someone moves but the light is not operated, and it is considered that someone has illegally entered. The user can turn on this function before going out to realize the monitoring function, that is, enter the monitoring mode.
  • the processing module 1113 monitors the infrared signal provided by the infrared sensor 1115, the infrared signal is generally an infrared sensing image, and the infrared sensor 1115 can provide the processing module with these images at a certain sampling frequency. If there is a heat source area in the image, it is determined to be an illegal person, and at this time, the processing module 1113 controls the communication module 1116 to send information to the outside. Specifically, it may be a resident or other designated person, such as a contact person provided by a resident, or a residential property, a police station, and the like. Therefore, in the case of turning on the housekeeping mode, it is best to turn on the monitoring mode at the same time.
  • the processing module 1113 should perform some filtering operations on the image.
  • the height and/or width that is, the size condition of the heat source shape in the image can be set according to the physical characteristics of the pet at home. If the size condition is satisfied, the heat source area in the image is ignored, and then the image is judged. For example, if the height and width are set to small values at the same time, the interference caused by cats, small dogs, rabbits, and birds can be eliminated. For another example, for the size of a big dog, the width can be set to be significantly larger than the height.
  • This function can be implemented by using an infrared sensor, and the state of the occupants in the house is mainly judged according to the infrared sensor image provided by the infrared sensor 1115 . If the person does not move for a long time, there may be an abnormality. At this time, information should be sent to the outside, such as the relatives of the person in the house. So this function can be called monitoring mode.
  • the monitoring area is the area in the house that can be covered by the infrared sensor 1115. Considering the difference in the stay time of personnel in sub-areas such as the ground area, sofa area, desk area, bed area, etc., the range of the above area can be set, and Set the preset time duration for each sub-area, and these settings are saved as monitoring setting information.
  • a threshold can be set for the overlap here. For example, if the overlap area accounts for a set percentage of the heat source area, it is considered as overlap.
  • Some check setting information can be saved to check whether people in the house go to bed, get up on time, etc.
  • the time of going to bed and/or the time of getting up can be set as the inspection time and the preset delay time. If the heat source area in the image does not overlap with the bed area within the preset time delay after the time of going to bed, it means that the people in the house did not go to bed on time. , you can send information to the outside. If the heat source area in the image still overlaps with the bed area within the preset time delay after the time of getting up, it means that the people in the room did not get up on time, and information can also be sent to the outside at this time.
  • fall settings which mainly include the settings of the fall area, the fall duration, and the fall target.
  • the fall area is generally set as the ground area, that is, avoiding the position where the sofa, bed, etc. can lie down.
  • the setting of the fall target that is, the setting according to the posture difference between the person standing and the fall, is generally reflected in the change of the height and width of the heat source area in the heat source area. Therefore, the height and width of the shape of the heat source area can be set, or the size relationship between the two can be set, for example, the height is half of the width.
  • This setting takes into account that a person is considered to have fallen if the height of the heat source area is less than half the width.
  • the viewing angles of lamps in different positions are different, so the relationship between the height and width here should also consider the position of the lamps.
  • the influence of pets can be eliminated by setting the size of the heat source area in the manner described above.
  • the shape conforms to the fall target that is, the shape and size are within the range of the fall target size, for example, its height is less than half of its width, and the time when the image was received
  • the above preset time duration it is considered that the people in the house cannot afford to fall to the ground, and information should be sent to the outside at this time.
  • the function of the third aspect can also be realized based on the visual sensing function, that is, a camera is used to replace the infrared sensor 1115 (or both), and the environmental image collected by the camera is sent to the processing module 1113 for analysis, and pattern recognition can be applied to this analysis. and other techniques to determine the state of a particular object within the environment. This method can not only more accurately recognize the posture and other states of the person in the house, but also realize the gesture recognition of the person.
  • the camera collects an environment image and then sends it to the processing module 1113 for identification. If it is recognized that the environment image contains a human body image, the human body posture is judged. The judgment here is based on some preset conditions, such as judging whether the human body falls, etc., which can be analyzed by means of pattern recognition. If the posture of the human body meets the preset conditions, it will send information to the outside.
  • gesture recognition can also be performed on the human body image, and at this time, specific information corresponding to the gesture can be sent to the outside according to the specific gesture of the person.
  • the lamps in the embodiments of the present invention may be ceiling lamps, table lamps, floor lamps, wall lamps, and the like.
  • unified settings or separate settings can be adopted. If there are multiple lamps in the same room, you can designate one of them as the main lamp to send information to the outside.
  • they can be linked together or separately when setting the mode. For example, if a fixture enters or exits the housekeeping mode, all other fixtures can enter or exit the housekeeping mode. When a fixture enters or exits monitoring mode or monitoring mode, other fixtures can enter or exit at the same time without being affected or by linkage. You can also group lamps, lamps in the same group are linked, and lamps in different groups are not linked.
  • the light sensor, the infrared sensor and the communication module are arranged in the light fixture, and the functions of simulating someone at home, finding outlaws, and monitoring family members can be realized by adopting an adaptive program, which expands the application mode of the light fixture and improves the All aspects of home safety.
  • lampshade, optoelectronic module, base and various embodiments of the LED lamps to which they are applied in the present application have been described as described above.
  • insulation unit arrangement of LED chips
  • base and other features may include one, two, more or all technical features if they do not conflict with each other.
  • the relevant corresponding content can be selected from one or a combination of the technical features included in the corresponding embodiment.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Non-Portable Lighting Devices Or Systems Thereof (AREA)
  • Arrangement Of Elements, Cooling, Sealing, Or The Like Of Lighting Devices (AREA)
  • Fastening Of Light Sources Or Lamp Holders (AREA)
  • Circuit Arrangement For Electric Light Sources In General (AREA)

Abstract

An LED lamp, comprising: a lampshade (1), and a base (3) connected to the lampshade (1). A first accommodation space formed by the lampshade (1) and the base (3) is internally provided with a photoelectric module (2). The photoelectric module (2) comprises a first insulating portion (202), a power source module (23) and a circuit board (201). The circuit board (201) comprises a first face (2011) and a second face (2012) which are arranged opposite each other. The first insulating portion (202) covers an electronic component on the first face (2011), and the first insulating portion (202) comprises an optical processing unit (202b). The optical processing unit (202b) comprises a second optical processing region (2b) arranged corresponding to part of the power source module (23), wherein the second optical processing region (2b) is provided with at least one extending portion (2b3), and the extending portion (2b3) passes through a through hole (201a) in the circuit board (201). The LED lamp has the characteristics of having a thin thickness, an excellent light-emitting effect, and a good heat dissipation performance.

Description

一种LED灯具an LED lamp 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及照明器具,尤其涉及了一种LED灯具。The present application relates to lighting fixtures, and in particular, to an LED lighting fixture.
背景技术Background technique
吸顶灯是吸附或嵌入屋顶天花板的灯饰,在家庭、办公室、娱乐场所等各种场所经常选用吸顶灯作为照明设备。传统的吸顶灯通常由底座、光源模组、电路模组和灯罩组成,其光源模组中的发光元件一般为节能灯管。由于节能灯管在生产过程中和使用废弃后存在汞污染,而且其耗电量比LED大,而LED具有无汞无毒、无电磁污染、无有害射线及节能环保、使用寿命长等特点,所以吸顶灯的发光元件逐渐用LED取代了节能灯管。但是现有吸顶灯在使用过程中仍存在发光、散热、安装及包装等方面的问题,具体如下:Ceiling lamps are lighting that is adsorbed or embedded in the roof ceiling. Ceiling lamps are often used as lighting equipment in various places such as homes, offices, and entertainment venues. A traditional ceiling lamp is usually composed of a base, a light source module, a circuit module and a lampshade, and the light-emitting elements in the light source module are generally energy-saving lamps. Due to the mercury pollution in the production process and after the use of energy-saving lamps, and its power consumption is larger than that of LEDs, LEDs have the characteristics of no mercury, no toxicity, no electromagnetic pollution, no harmful rays, energy saving and environmental protection, and long service life. Therefore, the light-emitting element of the ceiling lamp gradually replaces the energy-saving lamp with LED. However, the existing ceiling lamps still have problems in terms of light emission, heat dissipation, installation and packaging during use, as follows:
1.点亮过程中出现闪光、照射范围小、发光不均匀、灯具中央部分亮度小、灯具中央部分与灯具周边部分亮度不均匀、发光面发光不均匀、眩光、灯具周向亮度不均、发光元件安装面上照度不均匀、亮度不均匀及显色性低、发光效率及光设计性低、出现亮斑、渲染效果低、混色不均匀、天花板周向上照度不均匀、高度较高的电路元件会挡光、色温和颜色偏差性大、光取向窄、光透射效率低、光源的发光效率低、灯罩的侧方区域昏暗、灯罩的光射出面辉度不均匀、产生亮线、发光元件的光提取效率低、光舒适感低、消光时美观度低等问题,此外,现有灯具还会出现如下一些问题:有些使用场景会希望灯具发出的光具有三维效果或者根据相应的生活场景产生对应的光空间、带有色调的纸面在灯具下使用者难读取或者由于老年人对文字和观察对象物的颜色降低,老年人用光舒适感低等。1. During the lighting process, there is flashing, small irradiation range, uneven lighting, low brightness in the central part of the lamp, uneven brightness in the central part of the lamp and the surrounding parts of the lamp, uneven lighting on the light-emitting surface, glare, uneven brightness in the circumferential direction of the lamp, lighting Circuit components with uneven illumination, uneven brightness and low color rendering on the component mounting surface, low luminous efficiency and light design, bright spots, low rendering effect, uneven color mixing, uneven illumination around the ceiling, and high height It will block light, large color temperature and color deviation, narrow light orientation, low light transmission efficiency, low luminous efficiency of the light source, dark side area of the lampshade, uneven brightness of the light exit surface of the lampshade, bright lines, and light-emitting elements. Problems such as low light extraction efficiency, low light comfort, and low aesthetics during extinction, in addition, the existing lamps will have the following problems: some usage scenarios may hope that the light emitted by the lamps has a three-dimensional effect or corresponds to the corresponding life scene. It is difficult for users to read the paper surface with color tone under the lamp, or because the color of the text and the observation object is reduced by the elderly, the comfort of the elderly is low, etc.
为改善吸顶灯的光学效果,其一在LED上增加背光透镜以减少灯具中间部分和边缘部分的暗区,但是由于采用了背光透镜和透镜贴片工艺,生产成本大幅度提高,降低了产品竞争力;其二在发光元件与灯罩之间设置有光学构件,比如导光板、透镜、反射单元等,但采用上述光学构件后,会出现例如入射到导光板的光量会存在变化、光学构件结构复杂、导光板上亮度不均匀、导光板上产生暗部等问题;In order to improve the optical effect of the ceiling lamp, firstly, a backlight lens is added to the LED to reduce the dark area in the middle part and the edge part of the lamp. However, due to the use of the backlight lens and the lens patch process, the production cost is greatly increased and the product competition is reduced. Second, there are optical components between the light-emitting element and the lampshade, such as a light guide plate, a lens, a reflection unit, etc., but after using the above optical components, there will be changes in the amount of light incident on the light guide plate, and the structure of the optical components is complex. , uneven brightness on the light guide plate, dark parts on the light guide plate, etc.;
2.发光元件和电路元件会产生热量,这些热量会影响吸顶灯的使用寿命;2. Light-emitting components and circuit components will generate heat, which will affect the service life of the ceiling lamp;
3.光源模组大多通过螺钉安装在灯体内,或者通过粘结剂粘贴在灯体内,安装后不易拆卸替换。此外吸顶灯长期使用后,往往会出现光源模组老化、烧损现象,如光源模组损坏需要替换时,需通过工具将损坏的光源模组拆下,再将新的光源模组通过工具来安装,LED光源模组的更换操作必须由专业人员运用工作去操作,使用过程不便捷;3. The light source modules are mostly installed in the lamp body by screws, or pasted in the lamp body by adhesive, and it is not easy to disassemble and replace after installation. In addition, after the ceiling lamp is used for a long time, the light source module is often aged and burned out. If the light source module is damaged and needs to be replaced, the damaged light source module needs to be removed with a tool, and then the new light source module is replaced by a tool. Installation, the replacement of LED light source modules must be operated by professionals, and the use process is inconvenient;
4.吸顶灯通常为扁平状结构,具有占用高度小、照明范围广等特点,然而,吸顶灯的整体厚度尺寸依然很大,致使产品的体积增大,进而提升了包装及库存成本。4. Ceiling lamps are usually flat-shaped structures, which have the characteristics of small occupation height and wide lighting range. However, the overall thickness and size of ceiling lamps are still very large, resulting in an increase in the volume of the product, which in turn increases packaging and inventory costs.
此外灯具在使用过程中还存在安全性低、制造效率低、使用成本高、虫子等易进入灯具内部影响美观、电源出现故障时无法继续进行照明、电路板安装面积小而使整灯的光通量受限、智能控制时遥控灵敏度低或遥控范围窄、安装时存在噪音等问题。In addition, the lamps have low safety, low manufacturing efficiency, high cost of use, easy access to the interior of the lamps by insects and affect the appearance, failure to continue lighting when the power supply fails, and small installation area of the circuit board, which affects the luminous flux of the whole lamp. problems such as low remote control sensitivity or narrow remote control range during intelligent control, and noise during installation.
鉴于以上所述现有技术的缺点和不足,确有必要对现有的LED灯具进行改进,以弥补这些缺点和不足。In view of the above-mentioned shortcomings and deficiencies of the prior art, it is indeed necessary to improve the existing LED lamps to make up for these deficiencies and deficiencies.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请针对上述现有技术中的缺点,提供了一种LED灯具。In view of the above-mentioned shortcomings in the prior art, the present application provides an LED lamp.
为了解决上述技术问题,本申请通过下述技术方案得以解决:In order to solve the above-mentioned technical problems, the application is solved by the following technical solutions:
一种LED灯具,其包括灯罩、与灯罩相连接的底座,灯罩与底座所形成的第一容置空间内设有光电模组,光电模组包括第一绝缘部、电源模组和电路板,电路板包括相对设置的第一面和第二面,第一绝缘部覆盖第一面上的电子元件,第一绝缘部包括光处理单元,光处理单元包括对应于一部分电源模组设有第二光处理区,第二光处理区设有至少一个延伸部,延伸部穿过电路板上的穿孔。An LED lamp comprises a lampshade and a base connected with the lampshade, a first accommodating space formed by the lampshade and the base is provided with a photoelectric module, and the photoelectric module comprises a first insulating part, a power module and a circuit board, The circuit board includes a first surface and a second surface arranged oppositely, the first insulating part covers the electronic components on the first surface, the first insulating part includes a light processing unit, and the light processing unit includes a second surface corresponding to a part of the power module. The light treatment area and the second light treatment area are provided with at least one extension part, and the extension part passes through the through hole on the circuit board.
作为优选,电路板第一面上设有第一芯片区和第二芯片区,第一芯片区至底座的距离小于第二芯片区至底座的距离。Preferably, a first chip area and a second chip area are provided on the first surface of the circuit board, and the distance from the first chip area to the base is smaller than the distance from the second chip area to the base.
作为优选,光处理单元还包括分别对应于第一芯片区、第二芯片区的第一光处理区、第三光处理区。Preferably, the light processing unit further includes a first light processing area and a third light processing area corresponding to the first chip area and the second chip area, respectively.
作为优选,第一芯片区和第二芯片区包括至少一个LED芯片,第一芯片区中相邻LED芯片间的距离小于第二芯片区中相邻LED芯片间的距离。Preferably, the first chip area and the second chip area include at least one LED chip, and the distance between adjacent LED chips in the first chip area is smaller than the distance between adjacent LED chips in the second chip area.
作为优选,第二芯片区包括第一LED芯片组、第二LED芯片组和第三LED芯片组,第一LED芯片组、第二LED芯片组及第三LED芯片组分别位于不同的圆周上,第二芯片组中LED芯片的数量小于第一芯片组中LED芯片的数量,第一芯片组中LED芯片的数量小于第三芯片组中LED芯片的数量。Preferably, the second chip area includes a first LED chip group, a second LED chip group and a third LED chip group, and the first LED chip group, the second LED chip group and the third LED chip group are respectively located on different circumferences, The number of LED chips in the second chipset is smaller than the number of LED chips in the first chipset, and the number of LED chips in the first chipset is smaller than the number of LED chips in the third chipset.
作为优选,电源模组包括分别位于电路板第一面和第二面的第一电源模组和第二电源模组,第一电源模组位于第一芯片区与第二芯片区之间。Preferably, the power module includes a first power module and a second power module respectively located on the first side and the second side of the circuit board, and the first power module is located between the first chip area and the second chip area.
作为优选,第一芯片组中相邻两LED芯片之间具有一中心点O1,O2,……,On,n≥1,第三芯片组中相邻两LED芯片之间具有中心点Q1,Q2,……,Qm,m≥1,n,m均为整数,m>1时,O1与Q1之间的距离小于O1与Qm之间的距离。Preferably, there is a center point O1, O2, . , ..., Qm, m≥1, n, m are integers, when m>1, the distance between O1 and Q1 is smaller than the distance between O1 and Qm.
作为优选,当n=m,n,m≥1,n,m均为整数时,中心点O2n-1与中心点Q3m-2的连线 经过第二芯片组的至少一个LED芯片。Preferably, when n=m, n, m≥1, and n, m are integers, the connection line between the center point O2n-1 and the center point Q3m-2 passes through at least one LED chip of the second chip set.
作为优选,第一光处理区和/或第三光处理区的截面与第二光处理的截面不同。Preferably, the cross-section of the first photo-treatment zone and/or the third photo-treatment zone is different from the cross-section of the second photo-treatment zone.
作为优选,在LED灯具的高度方向上,第二光处理区的高度大于或等于第一光处理区、第三光处理区的高度。Preferably, in the height direction of the LED lamp, the height of the second light treatment area is greater than or equal to the height of the first light treatment area and the third light treatment area.
本申请透过上述结构设计,达成了以下所述有益效果之一或其任意组合:The present application achieves one of the following beneficial effects or any combination thereof through the above-mentioned structural design:
(1)通过安装部对光电模组进行旋转固定,安装维修便捷,提高了工作效率;(2)调节光源模组上LED芯片的排列,可使LED灯具的出光效果更加均匀及散热效果更加优异;(3)电路板的第二面上的电子元件相比任意一个光源模组的电子元件而位于电路板的径向的更内侧,可避免光源模组的电子元件工作时产生的热量影响第二面的电子元件,其次可限制第二面上的电子元件的分布区域,从而控制第二绝缘部的尺寸,以控制成本;(4)LED芯片与电源模组分别位于电路板的第一面和第二面,第一面上对应于电源模组的区域内的LED芯片数量小于第一面未对应电源模组的区域内的LED芯片数量,如此一方面显著减少LED灯具中部的暗区,提高LED灯具的发光效果,另一方面又可减少电源模组产生的热量对光源模组的影响;(5)高度较高的第二电源模组位于所述底座的凹槽部中,因无需设置专门收纳电源模组的收纳空间,从而有效的降低了吸顶灯的高度,此外,光电模组能够远离灯罩,使光源模组到达灯罩的边缘的光量增加;(6)第一绝缘部具有一定的弧度,可提高其受力程度,保证光电模组在运输过程中不被损坏;(7)第二绝缘部与底座的凹槽部的侧壁相接触,增加接触面积,提高导热能力;(8)LED芯片的发光面朝向灯具的中心轴,可有效消除中间暗区,提高灯具的发光效果;(9)通过对选择合适折射率的LED灯珠的封装层的折射率为n1,灯罩材料,可有效提高LED灯具的光通量;(10)通过在LED芯片表面或灯罩内表面设置折射率匹配层,通过其厚度设计,可得到优异的光学效果。(1) The photoelectric module is rotated and fixed by the installation part, which is convenient for installation and maintenance, and improves the work efficiency; (2) Adjusting the arrangement of the LED chips on the light source module can make the light output effect of the LED lamp more uniform and the heat dissipation effect more excellent. (3) Compared with the electronic components of any light source module, the electronic components on the second surface of the circuit board are located on the inner side of the circuit board in the radial direction, which can avoid the heat generated when the electronic components of the light source module work. Two-sided electronic components, and secondly, the distribution area of the electronic components on the second surface can be limited, so as to control the size of the second insulating part to control the cost; (4) The LED chip and the power module are respectively located on the first surface of the circuit board And the second side, the number of LED chips in the area corresponding to the power module on the first side is smaller than the number of LED chips in the area not corresponding to the power module on the first side, so on the one hand, the dark area in the middle of the LED lamp is significantly reduced, Improve the luminous effect of LED lamps, on the other hand, it can reduce the influence of the heat generated by the power module on the light source module; (5) the second power module with a higher height is located in the groove part of the base, because no need A storage space for the power module is set up, which effectively reduces the height of the ceiling lamp. In addition, the photoelectric module can be kept away from the lampshade, so that the amount of light from the light source module to the edge of the lampshade is increased; (6) The first insulating part has a certain amount of light. (7) The second insulating part is in contact with the side wall of the groove part of the base, which increases the contact area and improves the thermal conductivity; ( 8) The light-emitting surface of the LED chip faces the central axis of the lamp, which can effectively eliminate the middle dark area and improve the luminous effect of the lamp; (9) By selecting the appropriate refractive index of the LED lamp beads, the refractive index of the packaging layer is n1, and the material of the lampshade is n1. , which can effectively improve the luminous flux of the LED lamp; (10) By arranging a refractive index matching layer on the surface of the LED chip or the inner surface of the lampshade, and through its thickness design, excellent optical effects can be obtained.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请LED灯具的一实施例的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an LED lamp of the present application;
图2是图1去掉灯罩的一实施例的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of FIG. 1 with the lampshade removed;
图3是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组去掉绝缘单元的立体示意图一;FIG. 3 is a perspective schematic diagram 1 of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
图4是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组去掉绝缘单元的立体示意图二;4 is a second perspective view of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in an embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
图5是另一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组去掉绝缘单元的立体示意图一;FIG. 5 is a perspective view 1 of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in another embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
图6是另一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组去掉绝缘单元的立体示意图二;6 is a second perspective view of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in another embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
图7是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组的立体示意图一;FIG. 7 is a perspective view 1 of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp according to an embodiment;
图8是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组的立体示意图二;FIG. 8 is a second perspective view of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp according to an embodiment;
图9是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组的第一绝缘部的立体示意图;9 is a schematic perspective view of a first insulating portion of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp according to an embodiment;
图10是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组的剖视示意图;10 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp in an embodiment;
图11是图10中的C处的放大图;Figure 11 is an enlarged view at C in Figure 10;
图12是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组的第二绝缘部的立体示意图;12 is a schematic perspective view of the second insulating portion of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp according to an embodiment;
图13是一实施例中的LED灯具去掉灯罩的示意图;13 is a schematic diagram of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
图14是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组的结构示意图一;14 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp in an embodiment;
图15是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组的结构示意图二;15 is a second structural schematic diagram of a photoelectric module of an LED lamp in an embodiment;
图16是图14中A-A截面的结构示意图;Fig. 16 is the structural representation of A-A section in Fig. 14;
图17是图14中B-B截面的结构示意图;Fig. 17 is the structural representation of the B-B section in Fig. 14;
图18是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组去掉绝缘单元的结构示意图;18 is a schematic view of the structure of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
图19是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组去掉绝缘单元的结构示意图一;19 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of the photoelectric module of the LED lamp in an embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
图20是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组去掉绝缘单元的结构示意图二;FIG. 20 is a second structural schematic diagram of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
图21是另一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组去掉绝缘单元的结构示意图一;21 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of the photoelectric module of the LED lamp in another embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
图22是另一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组去掉绝缘单元的结构示意图二;22 is a second structural schematic diagram of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp in another embodiment with the insulating unit removed;
图23是一实施例中的LED灯具的第一绝缘部的结构示意图;23 is a schematic structural diagram of a first insulating portion of an LED lamp in an embodiment;
图24是一实施例中的LED灯具的第二绝缘部的结构示意图;24 is a schematic structural diagram of a second insulating portion of an LED lamp in an embodiment;
图25是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组的结构示意图;25 is a schematic structural diagram of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp in an embodiment;
图26是本申请光电模组的组装方法一实施例的示意图;26 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an assembling method of a photovoltaic module of the present application;
图27是采用图26所示组装方法组装后的光电模组的结构示意图;FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of the optoelectronic module assembled by the assembly method shown in FIG. 26;
图28是图27中A-A截面的结构示意图;Fig. 28 is the structural representation of the A-A section in Fig. 27;
图29是一实施例中的LED灯具去掉灯罩的的立体示意图;Fig. 29 is a perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
图30是一实施例中的灯罩的立体示意图;30 is a perspective view of a lampshade in an embodiment;
图31是图29中A处的放大图;Figure 31 is an enlarged view at A in Figure 29;
图32是图29中B处的放大图;Figure 32 is an enlarged view at B in Figure 29;
图33是安装部的主视图;Figure 33 is a front view of the mounting part;
图34是一实施例中的安装部的立体示意图一;FIG. 34 is a perspective view one of the mounting portion in an embodiment;
图35是一实施例中的安装部的立体示意图二;35 is a second perspective view of the mounting portion in an embodiment;
图36是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组的立体示意图;36 is a schematic perspective view of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp according to an embodiment;
图37是一实施例中的LED灯具去掉灯罩的立体图;Fig. 37 is a perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
图38是一实施例中的LED灯具的剖视示意图;38 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an LED lamp in an embodiment;
图39是图38中B处的放大图;Figure 39 is an enlarged view at B in Figure 38;
图40是一实施例中的LED灯具去掉灯罩的立体示意图;FIG. 40 is a schematic perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
图41是一实施例中的LED灯具去掉灯罩的立体示意图;41 is a perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
图42是一实施例中安装部的立体示意图;FIG. 42 is a perspective view of a mounting portion in an embodiment;
图43是一实施例中的LED灯具去掉灯罩的立体示意图;Fig. 43 is a perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
图44是一实施例中的LED灯具去掉灯罩的立体示意图;44 is a perspective view of the LED lamp in one embodiment with the lampshade removed;
图45是一实施例中的底座的立体示意图;Figure 45 is a perspective view of a base in an embodiment;
图46是一实施例中的LED灯具的立体示意图;FIG. 46 is a schematic perspective view of an LED lamp in an embodiment;
图47是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组的立体示意图一;FIG. 47 is a perspective view 1 of an optoelectronic module of an LED lamp according to an embodiment;
图48是一实施例中的LED灯具的光电模组的立体示意图二;FIG. 48 is a second perspective view of the optoelectronic module of the LED lamp according to an embodiment;
图49是一实施例中的LED灯具的立体示意图;FIG. 49 is a schematic perspective view of an LED lamp in an embodiment;
图50A是图49中光电模组的立体示意图;Figure 50A is a perspective view of the optoelectronic module in Figure 49;
图50B是图50A中A部分的放大示意图;Figure 50B is an enlarged schematic view of part A in Figure 50A;
图50C是50A中第一绝缘部的示意图;50C is a schematic diagram of the first insulating portion in 50A;
图51是图50中电路板的立体示意图;Figure 51 is a perspective view of the circuit board in Figure 50;
图52A是图49所示的LED灯具去掉灯罩的剖视示意图;52A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the LED lamp shown in FIG. 49 with the lampshade removed;
图52B是图52A中A-A截面的示意图;Figure 52B is a schematic diagram of the section A-A in Figure 52A;
图52C是图52B中B部分的放大示意图;Figure 52C is an enlarged schematic view of part B in Figure 52B;
图53A是一实施例中的光电模组的结构示意图一;53A is a schematic structural diagram 1 of an optoelectronic module in an embodiment;
图53B是一实施例中的光电模组的结构示意图二;53B is a second structural schematic diagram of a photovoltaic module in an embodiment;
图53C是图53A中A-A截面的示意图;Figure 53C is a schematic diagram of section A-A in Figure 53A;
图53D是图53C中B部分的放大示意图;Figure 53D is an enlarged schematic view of part B in Figure 53C;
图53E是图53C中C部分的放大示意图Figure 53E is an enlarged schematic view of part C in Figure 53C
图53F是图53A中第一绝缘部的结构示意图;FIG. 53F is a schematic structural diagram of the first insulating portion in FIG. 53A;
图53G是图53F中B-B截面的示意图;Figure 53G is a schematic diagram of the B-B section in Figure 53F;
图53H是图53G中D部分的放大示意图;Figure 53H is an enlarged schematic view of part D in Figure 53G;
图54A是一实施例中光电模组的结构示意图一;54A is a schematic structural diagram 1 of an optoelectronic module in an embodiment;
图54B是一实施例中光电模组的结构示意图二;54B is a second structural schematic diagram of a photovoltaic module in an embodiment;
图54C是图54B中E-E截面的示意图;Figure 54C is a schematic diagram of the cross section E-E in Figure 54B;
图54D是图54C中F部分的放大图;Figure 54D is an enlarged view of part F in Figure 54C;
图54E是一实施例中光电模组的结构示意图三;FIG. 54E is a third structural schematic diagram of an optoelectronic module in an embodiment;
图54F是图54E中B部分的放大图;Figure 54F is an enlarged view of part B in Figure 54E;
图54G是图54E中G-G截面的放大图;Figure 54G is an enlarged view of section G-G in Figure 54E;
图54H是图54G中H部分的放大图;Figure 54H is an enlarged view of part H in Figure 54G;
图54I是一实施例中光电模组的结构示意图四;FIG. 54I is a schematic diagram four of the structure of the optoelectronic module in one embodiment;
图54J是图54I中I-I截面的放大图;Figure 54J is an enlarged view of section I-I in Figure 54I;
图54K是图54J中J部分的放大图;Figure 54K is an enlarged view of portion J in Figure 54J;
图54L是图54A中电路板的示意图;Figure 54L is a schematic diagram of the circuit board in Figure 54A;
图54M是图54A中第一绝缘部的示意图;FIG. 54M is a schematic diagram of the first insulating portion in FIG. 54A;
图54N是图M中K部分的放大图;Figure 54N is an enlarged view of part K in Figure M;
图55是一实施例中的LED灯具的立体示意图一;FIG. 55 is a perspective schematic diagram 1 of an LED lamp in an embodiment;
图56是一实施例中的LED灯具的立体示意图二;FIG. 56 is a second perspective view of an LED lamp in an embodiment;
图57是一实施例中LED芯片发出的光经过的界面图;FIG. 57 is an interface diagram of light emitted by an LED chip passing through in an embodiment;
图58是根据本发明实施方式的灯具的主要组成部分的示意图。58 is a schematic diagram of the main components of a light fixture according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面结合附图与实施例对本申请作进一步详细描述。The present application will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and embodiments.
为了便于理解本申请,下面将参照相关附图对本申请进行更全面的描述。附图中给出了本申请的较佳实施例。但是,本申请可以通过许多不同的形式来实现,并不限于下面所描述的实施例。相反地,提供这些实施例的目的是使对本申请的公开内容理解的更加透彻全面。下文中关于方向如“轴向方向”、“上方”、“下方”等均是为了更清楚的表明结构位置关系,并非对本申请的限制。在本申请中,所述“相等”、“垂直”、“水平”、“平行”定义为:包括在标准定义的基础上±10%的情形。例如,垂直通常指相对基准线夹角为90度,但在本申请中,垂直指的是包括80度至100以内的情形。另外,本申请中所述LED灯具的使用情况、使用状态,指的是LED灯具以灯罩竖直向下的垂吊方式的使用情境,如有其他例外情况将另做说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the present application, the present application will be described more fully below with reference to the related drawings. The preferred embodiments of the present application are shown in the accompanying drawings. However, the present application may be implemented in many different forms and is not limited to the embodiments described below. Rather, these embodiments are provided so that a thorough and complete understanding of the disclosure of this application is provided. In the following, the directions such as "axial direction", "upper", "lower", etc. are all for the purpose of indicating the structural positional relationship more clearly, and are not intended to limit the present application. In this application, the "equal", "perpendicular", "horizontal", and "parallel" are defined as including ±10% on the basis of the standard definition. For example, vertical generally refers to an included angle of 90 degrees relative to the reference line, but in this application, vertical refers to the situation including 80 degrees to 100 degrees. In addition, the usage and usage status of the LED lamps described in this application refer to the usage scenarios of the LED lamps in a way of hanging the lampshade vertically downward, and if there are other exceptions, it will be explained separately.
如图1至图57所示,本申请中实施方式的LED灯具是例如在天花板上安装的吸顶灯。图1至图57的上方(如图1中的z轴正方向)相当于与天花板相对的地板面的方向。换言之,图1至图57示出的LED灯具适于通常使用时相反的姿势。As shown in FIGS. 1 to 57 , the LED light fixture of the embodiment of the present application is, for example, a ceiling light mounted on a ceiling. The upper direction in FIGS. 1 to 57 (the positive z-axis direction in FIG. 1 ) corresponds to the direction of the floor surface opposite to the ceiling. In other words, the LED lamps shown in Figs. 1 to 57 are suitable for the opposite posture in normal use.
本申请设计的LED灯具,LED灯具空间位置位于如图1所示的笛卡尔坐标系中,其中z轴平行于LED灯具的中心轴。如图1至图57所示,LED灯具包括灯罩1、与灯罩1相连接的底座3,灯罩1与底座3所形成的第一容置空间内设有光电模组2。在本实施方式,LED灯具还包括设置于底座3上的安装部31、引挂器4及转接引挂器(或适配器)5,光电模组2通过安装部31固定于底座3上,引挂器4与适配器5相连接。LED灯具与天花板之间,为了抑制LED灯具的摇晃,设置了缓冲部件7,缓冲部件7例如可为海绵。In the LED lamps designed in the present application, the spatial positions of the LED lamps are located in the Cartesian coordinate system as shown in FIG. 1 , wherein the z-axis is parallel to the central axis of the LED lamps. As shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 57 , the LED lamp includes a lampshade 1 and a base 3 connected to the lampshade 1 . A photoelectric module 2 is arranged in the first accommodating space formed by the lampshade 1 and the base 3 . In this embodiment, the LED lamp further includes a mounting part 31, a hook 4 and a transfer hook (or adapter) 5 arranged on the base 3, and the optoelectronic module 2 is fixed on the base 3 through the mounting part 31, and the lead The hanger 4 is connected with the adapter 5 . Between the LED lamps and the ceiling, in order to suppress the shaking of the LED lamps, a buffer member 7 is provided, and the buffer member 7 can be, for example, a sponge.
如图1至图57所示,光电模组2包括光源模组22及电源模组23,为防止电源故障等导致外部电源被切断时发生断电,电源模组23可包括存储电能的蓄电池单元,蓄电池单元内存储有余晖模块,通过余晖模块自动发出余晖照明以保障安全。As shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 57 , the photoelectric module 2 includes a light source module 22 and a power supply module 23. In order to prevent a power failure when the external power supply is cut off due to a power failure, the power supply module 23 may include a battery unit that stores electrical energy. , The afterglow module is stored in the battery unit, and the afterglow light is automatically emitted through the afterglow module to ensure safety.
如图1至图57所示,光电模组2配置为一整体式结构,并可拆卸的固定至底座3,因此,当光电模组2损坏时,可单独对其进行替换,相比整灯替换,更节约成本。在更换光电模组2时,需防止触电情况的发生,特别是需要防止更换光电模组2时,手触碰到电子元件。本实施例中的光电模组2包括电子元件,电子元件外均设置绝缘单元,从而可防止更换光电模组2时,接触到电子元件。光电模组2包括电路板201,电路板201可为PCB单面板或PCB双面板,至少部分电子元件设置于所述电路板201上。进一步的,全部的电子元件均设置于所述电路板201上。其中,电子元件包括光源模组22中的电子元件(如LED灯珠)及电源模组23中的电子元件。也就是说,光源模组22的电子元件与电源模组23的电子元件集成于同一电路板上,节约了成本及空间。As shown in Figures 1 to 57, the photoelectric module 2 is configured as an integral structure and can be detachably fixed to the base 3. Therefore, when the photoelectric module 2 is damaged, it can be replaced independently. Compared with the whole lamp Replacement, more cost-effective. When replacing the photoelectric module 2, it is necessary to prevent the occurrence of electric shock, especially when the photoelectric module 2 needs to be replaced, the hand touches the electronic components. The photoelectric module 2 in this embodiment includes electronic components, and insulating units are provided outside the electronic components, so as to prevent the photoelectric module 2 from coming into contact with the electronic components when replacing the photoelectric module 2 . The optoelectronic module 2 includes a circuit board 201 . The circuit board 201 can be a single-sided PCB or a double-sided PCB, and at least some electronic components are disposed on the circuit board 201 . Further, all electronic components are arranged on the circuit board 201 . The electronic components include electronic components (such as LED lamp beads) in the light source module 22 and electronic components in the power module 23 . That is to say, the electronic components of the light source module 22 and the electronic components of the power module 23 are integrated on the same circuit board, which saves cost and space.
如图3至图6所示,电路板201包括相对设置的第一面2011及第二面2012,其中,所述第一面2011为面向灯罩1的一面。一实施例中,光源模组22的电子元件设置于第一面2011上,而电源模组23的电子元件可全部设置于第一面2011上,以此,电路板201仅需在第一面2011布置线路层,可节省布线成本。一些实施例中,参见图3和图4,光源模组22的电子元件设置于第一面2011上,而电源模组23的电子元件全部设置于第二面2012上,以此,可将光源模组22中的电子元件及电源模组23中的电子元件分开设置。在灯具点亮时,一般来说,光源模组22的电子元件和电源模组23的电子元件均可能会发热,因此将两者分开配置,可避免热源集中,或者工作时产生的热量相互影响,此时,可同时在第一面2011和第二面2012上布置线路层。于本实施例中,光源模组22中的电子元件设于第一面2011,部分电源模组23中的电子元件设于第一面2011,而另一部分的电源模组23中的电子元件设于第二面2012。本实施例中,将电源模组23的电子元件分别设置于第一面2011及第二面2012,可更好的对电源模组23中的电子元件进行布局配置。例如位于第一面2011的电源模组23的电子元件包括高度相对较低的元件,如IC(控制电路)、贴片元件(如贴片电阻),因此,光源模组22发出的光因没有障碍物的阻挡,降低了光损耗,提高了发光效率。而位于第二面2012的电源模组23的电子元件包括高度相对较高的元件,如变压器、电容、电感等。又例如位于第一面2011的电源模组23的电子元件包括发热元件(工作时产生热量较多的元件,如IC、电阻等),而位于第二面2012的电源模组23的电子元件包括不耐热元件(如电解电容),将不耐热元件与上述的发热元件分别设置于第二面2012和第一面2011,可减小发热元件工作时产生的热量对不耐热元件的影响,提高电源模组23的整体的可靠性及寿命。As shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , the circuit board 201 includes a first surface 2011 and a second surface 2012 disposed opposite to each other, wherein the first surface 2011 is a surface facing the lampshade 1 . In one embodiment, the electronic components of the light source module 22 are arranged on the first side 2011, and all the electronic components of the power module 23 can be arranged on the first side 2011. Therefore, the circuit board 201 only needs to be on the first side. In 2011, the layout of the circuit layer can save the wiring cost. In some embodiments, referring to FIGS. 3 and 4 , the electronic components of the light source module 22 are arranged on the first surface 2011 , and the electronic components of the power supply module 23 are all arranged on the second surface 2012 . The electronic components in the module 22 and the electronic components in the power module 23 are arranged separately. When the lamp is turned on, generally speaking, both the electronic components of the light source module 22 and the electronic components of the power module 23 may generate heat. Therefore, disposing the two separately can avoid the concentration of heat sources or the mutual influence of heat generated during operation. , at this time, circuit layers can be arranged on the first surface 2011 and the second surface 2012 at the same time. In this embodiment, the electronic components in the light source module 22 are arranged on the first side 2011 , some of the electronic components in the power module 23 are arranged on the first side 2011 , and the other part of the electronic components in the power module 23 are arranged on the first side 2011 . On the second side 2012. In this embodiment, the electronic components of the power module 23 are arranged on the first surface 2011 and the second surface 2012 respectively, so that the electronic components in the power module 23 can be better laid out. For example, the electronic components of the power module 23 located on the first surface 2011 include relatively low-height components, such as IC (control circuit) and chip components (such as chip resistors). Therefore, the light emitted by the light source module 22 has no The blocking of obstacles reduces the light loss and improves the luminous efficiency. The electronic components of the power module 23 located on the second surface 2012 include relatively high-height components, such as transformers, capacitors, inductors, and the like. For another example, the electronic components of the power module 23 located on the first side 2011 include heating elements (components that generate more heat during operation, such as ICs, resistors, etc.), while the electronic components of the power module 23 located on the second side 2012 include For the heat-labile element (such as electrolytic capacitor), the heat-labile element and the above-mentioned heating element are respectively arranged on the second surface 2012 and the first surface 2011, which can reduce the influence of the heat generated by the heating element on the heat-labile element. , to improve the overall reliability and life of the power module 23 .
如图7至图12所示,光电模组2还包括绝缘单元,绝缘单元包括第一绝缘部202和/或第二绝缘部203,其中,第一绝缘部202配置为可供光源模组22工作时产生的光透过,且第一绝缘部202覆盖第一面2011上的所有电子元件,以防止误触第一面2011上的电子元件而导致触电。第二绝缘部203覆盖第二面2012上的所有电子元件,第二绝缘部203的材料可选为PC或亚克力中的一种,此二种材料具有轻便、低成本的特点。本实施例中,第二面2012上的电子元件相比任意一个光源模组22的电子元件而位于电路板201的径向的更内侧,也就是说,第二面2012上的电子元件与光源模组22的电子元件在电路板201的厚度方向上的投影不重叠。一方面,可避免光源模组22的电子元件工作时产生的热量影响第二面2012的电子元件,另一方面,可限制第二面2012上的电子元件的分布区域,从而控制第二绝缘部203的尺寸,以控制成本。As shown in FIGS. 7 to 12 , the optoelectronic module 2 further includes an insulating unit, and the insulating unit includes a first insulating portion 202 and/or a second insulating portion 203 , wherein the first insulating portion 202 is configured to be used for the light source module 22 The light generated during operation is transmitted, and the first insulating portion 202 covers all the electronic components on the first surface 2011 to prevent accidental contact with the electronic components on the first surface 2011 and cause electric shock. The second insulating portion 203 covers all the electronic components on the second surface 2012. The material of the second insulating portion 203 can be selected from one of PC or acrylic, which are lightweight and low-cost. In this embodiment, the electronic components on the second surface 2012 are located more radially inward of the circuit board 201 than the electronic components on any one of the light source modules 22 , that is, the electronic components on the second surface 2012 and the light source The projections of the electronic components of the module 22 on the thickness direction of the circuit board 201 do not overlap. On the one hand, it can prevent the heat generated by the electronic components of the light source module 22 from affecting the electronic components on the second surface 2012; on the other hand, it can limit the distribution area of the electronic components on the second surface 2012, thereby controlling the second insulating part 203 size to control costs.
本实施例中的第一绝缘部202包括一凹腔2021,电路板201容置于该凹腔2021内。第一绝缘部202具有侧壁2022,侧壁2022设置第一限位部2023,第一绝缘部202的凹腔2021内设置一个或多个第二限位部2024,电路板201装入第一绝缘部202时,电路板201厚度方向上的两侧分别受第一限位部2023及第二限位部2024限位,即电路板201夹在第一限位部2023及第二限位部2024之间,以完成固定。且电路板201安装完成后不易产生晃动。第一限位部2023可以为卡扣,而第二限位部2024可以为柱状体。The first insulating portion 202 in this embodiment includes a cavity 2021 , and the circuit board 201 is accommodated in the cavity 2021 . The first insulating portion 202 has a side wall 2022, the side wall 2022 is provided with a first limiting portion 2023, one or more second limiting portions 2024 are arranged in the cavity 2021 of the first insulating portion 202, and the circuit board 201 is installed in the first limiting portion 2024. When the insulating portion 202 is used, the two sides of the circuit board 201 in the thickness direction are respectively limited by the first limiting portion 2023 and the second limiting portion 2024, that is, the circuit board 201 is sandwiched between the first limiting portion 2023 and the second limiting portion. between 2024 to complete the fix. In addition, the circuit board 201 is not easily shaken after the installation is completed. The first limiting portion 2023 may be a buckle, and the second limiting portion 2024 may be a columnar body.
本实施例中的第二绝缘部203上设置第一扣接单元2031,而电路板201上设置相对应的第二扣接单元2013,第一扣接单元2031扣接于第二扣接单元2013,从而将第二绝缘部203固定至电路板201上。第一扣接单元2031可以是扣接部,第二扣接单元2013可以是扣接孔或扣接部。另外,第二扣接单元2013也可设置于第一绝缘部202上,从而将第二绝缘部203与第一绝缘部202固定。In this embodiment, the second insulating portion 203 is provided with a first fastening unit 2031 , and the circuit board 201 is provided with a corresponding second fastening unit 2013 , and the first fastening unit 2031 is fastened to the second fastening unit 2013 , so that the second insulating portion 203 is fixed on the circuit board 201 . The first fastening unit 2031 may be a fastening part, and the second fastening unit 2013 may be a fastening hole or a fastening part. In addition, the second buckling unit 2013 may also be disposed on the first insulating portion 202 to fix the second insulating portion 203 and the first insulating portion 202 .
于一实施例中,电路板201和第一绝缘部202可通过凹凸结构相对于彼此定位,由此限制了第一绝缘部202相对于电路板201在水平方向(与xy平面平行的方向)上的移动,即电路板201和第一绝缘部202之间不会发生位移,因此,光源模组22与第一绝缘部202之间不会发生位移,从而可以抑制由于光源模组与第一绝缘部之间的位移而引起的光提取效率的降低。In one embodiment, the circuit board 201 and the first insulating portion 202 may be positioned relative to each other through the concave-convex structure, thereby restricting the first insulating portion 202 relative to the circuit board 201 in a horizontal direction (direction parallel to the xy plane) Therefore, there will be no displacement between the light source module 22 and the first insulating part 202, so that the light source module and the first insulating part 202 will not be displaced. The reduction of light extraction efficiency caused by the displacement between parts.
于一实施例中,LED灯具的基本结构同前述实施例,LED灯具包括灯罩1、光电模组2及底座3,在此不重复叙述,不同之处在于此实施例提供了绝缘单元与电路板的另一种固定形式。如图13~17所示,电源模组23包括第一电源模组231(例如前述的设于第一面2011上的部分电源模组23中的电子元件)和第二电源模组232(例如前述的设于第二面2012上的部分电源模组23中的电子元件),第一电源模组231可为SMT(surface mounting technology) 元器件,第二电源模组232可为DIP(dual inline-pin package)元器件,例如DIP元器件包括电感、电容等。第一绝缘部202上设有第一卡扣件25,第一绝缘部202通过第一卡扣件25与光源模组22卡扣结合。第二绝缘部203设有第二卡扣件26,第二绝缘部203通过第二卡扣件26与光源模组22卡扣结合以对电源模组23进行绝缘及机械保护,电源模组23与第二绝缘部203之间具有一定的间隔,从而可给第二绝缘部203提供受力缓冲区,防止第二绝缘部203受外力冲击时损坏电源模组。In one embodiment, the basic structure of the LED lamp is the same as that of the previous embodiment. The LED lamp includes a lampshade 1 , a photoelectric module 2 and a base 3 , which are not repeated here. The difference is that an insulating unit and a circuit board are provided in this embodiment. Another fixed form of . As shown in FIGS. 13 to 17 , the power supply module 23 includes a first power supply module 231 (eg, the aforementioned electronic components in some of the power supply modules 23 disposed on the first surface 2011 ) and a second power supply module 232 (eg, The aforementioned electronic components in some of the power modules 23 disposed on the second surface 2012), the first power module 231 can be an SMT (surface mounting technology) component, and the second power module 232 can be a DIP (dual inline) -pin package) components, such as DIP components including inductors, capacitors, etc. The first insulating portion 202 is provided with a first fastener 25 , and the first insulating portion 202 is fastened to the light source module 22 through the first fastener 25 . The second insulating portion 203 is provided with a second clip 26 . The second insulating portion 203 is snap-fitted with the light source module 22 through the second clip 26 to insulate and mechanically protect the power module 23 . There is a certain distance between the second insulating portion 203 and the second insulating portion 203, so as to provide a buffer buffer for the second insulating portion 203 to prevent the power module from being damaged when the second insulating portion 203 is impacted by an external force.
第一绝缘部202和/或第二绝缘部203上可设有加强筋27,通过设置加强筋,可增加第一绝缘部和/或第二绝缘部的抗冲击强度,防止第一绝缘部和/或第二绝缘部受到损坏。上述不同结构的第一绝缘部和第二绝缘部之间可相互组合。The first insulating portion 202 and/or the second insulating portion 203 may be provided with reinforcing ribs 27. By providing the reinforcing ribs, the impact strength of the first insulating portion and/or the second insulating portion can be increased, preventing the first insulating portion and the /or the second insulating portion is damaged. The first insulating portion and the second insulating portion of different structures can be combined with each other.
如图18所示,电路板201上设有若干组LED芯片组221,每个LED芯片组包括若干个LED芯片2201。以电路板201的中心轴上的任意一点为中心点,各LED芯片组上的LED芯片2201至中心点的距离相等或大致相等。电路板中心轴上至少存在一中心点与LED芯片组位于同一平面,各LED芯片组位于以该中心点为圆心的圆周上或大致位于以该中心点为圆心的圆周上,每个LED芯片组根据圆的半径大小而分别位于不同的圆周上,LED芯片组的数量与圆周的数量相同,设圆周的数量为n(n大于等于1),LED芯片2201的仰俯角可设为(90/n)°,如此可使LED灯具具有良好配光和发光效率。任意两个LED芯片组具有不同的发光光谱,以使LED灯具亮度均匀及提高LED灯具的显色性,当然也可使两个及两个以上的LED芯片组具有相同的发光光谱,从而使LED灯具良好的发光效果。As shown in FIG. 18 , several groups of LED chip groups 221 are provided on the circuit board 201 , and each LED chip group includes several LED chips 2201 . Taking any point on the center axis of the circuit board 201 as the center point, the distances from the LED chips 2201 on each LED chip group to the center point are equal or approximately equal. There is at least one center point on the central axis of the circuit board that is on the same plane as the LED chip group, and each LED chip group is located on the circle with the center point as the center or roughly on the circle with the center point as the center. They are located on different circles according to the radius of the circle. The number of LED chip groups is the same as the number of circles. Let the number of circles be n (n is greater than or equal to 1), and the pitch angle of the LED chip 2201 can be set to (90/n )°, so that the LED lamps have good light distribution and luminous efficiency. Any two LED chip sets have different luminous spectra, so as to make the brightness of LED lamps uniform and improve the color rendering of LED lamps. Of course, two or more LED chip sets can also have the same luminous spectrum, so that LED The lamps have good luminous effect.
于一实施例中,在电路板201任一径向方向上相邻LED芯片2201之间平均距离和/或位于同一圆周上的相邻LED芯片2201之间的平均距离小于在光电模组厚度方向上第一绝缘部202至LED芯片2201之间的距离,能够减少第一绝缘部周向上的亮度不均,实现更均匀的亮度。In one embodiment, the average distance between adjacent LED chips 2201 in any radial direction of the circuit board 201 and/or the average distance between adjacent LED chips 2201 on the same circumference is smaller than that in the thickness direction of the optoelectronic module. The distance between the upper first insulating portion 202 and the LED chip 2201 can reduce the uneven brightness in the circumferential direction of the first insulating portion and achieve more uniform brightness.
本实施例中,同一LED芯片组221中,相邻两个LED芯片2201的中心距为L3,任一组LED芯片组221的任一颗LED芯片2201,其与相邻的LED芯片组221中最接近的一个LED芯片2201的中心距为L4,其符合以下关系:L3:L4为1:0.8~2,优选为L3:L4为1:1~1.5。以此使得LED芯片2201的分布更加均匀,以达到出光均匀的目的。In this embodiment, in the same LED chip set 221 , the center-to-center distance of two adjacent LED chips 2201 is L3 , and any LED chip 2201 in any LED chip set 221 is connected to the adjacent LED chip set 221 . The center-to-center distance of the closest LED chip 2201 is L4, which conforms to the following relationship: L3:L4 is 1:0.8-2, preferably L3:L4 is 1:1-1.5. In this way, the distribution of the LED chips 2201 is more uniform, so as to achieve the purpose of uniform light output.
本实施例中,如图18所示,内圈中,相邻的两个LED芯片2201与LED灯具的轴心形成中心角A1,中间圈中,相邻的两个LED芯片2201与LED灯具的轴心形成中心角A2,中心角A2的角度小于中心角A1的角度。外圈中,相邻的两个LED芯片2201与LED灯具的轴心形成中心角A3,外圈中的中心角A3的角度小于内圈中的中心角A2的角度。举例来说,外圈因此而具有比中间圈更多的LED芯片2201,因此,外圈中相邻的LED芯片2201的间距 不至于比中间圈中相邻的LED芯片2201的间距大太多,甚至,两者间距可以接近或相等,因而,LED芯片2201的排布会更加均匀,使得出光得以更加均匀。换句话说,LED芯片组221设有若干组,且每一组都是以环状的形式设于电路板201上,相对更内侧的LED芯片组221的相邻的两个LED芯片2201与LED灯具的轴心所形成中心角的角度大于相对更外侧的LED芯片组221的相邻的两个LED芯片2201与LED灯具的轴心所形成中心角的角度。也就是说,更外侧的LED芯片组221相比更内侧的LED芯片组221具有更多的LED芯片2201,以此使更外侧的LED芯片组221的相邻的两个LED芯片2201的间距与相对更内侧的LED芯片组221的相邻的两个LED芯片2201间距更加接近,因而,LED芯片2201的排布会更加均匀,使得出光得以更加均匀。In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 18 , in the inner circle, two adjacent LED chips 2201 form a central angle A1 with the axis of the LED lamp, and in the middle circle, two adjacent LED chips 2201 and the LED lamps The axis forms a central angle A2, and the angle of the central angle A2 is smaller than the angle of the central angle A1. In the outer ring, two adjacent LED chips 2201 form a central angle A3 with the axis of the LED lamp, and the angle of the central angle A3 in the outer ring is smaller than the angle of the central angle A2 in the inner ring. For example, the outer ring therefore has more LED chips 2201 than the middle ring. Therefore, the spacing between adjacent LED chips 2201 in the outer ring is not much larger than the spacing between adjacent LED chips 2201 in the middle ring. Even, the distance between the two can be close or equal, so the arrangement of the LED chips 2201 will be more uniform, so that the light output can be more uniform. In other words, the LED chip group 221 has several groups, and each group is disposed on the circuit board 201 in the form of a ring, and the two adjacent LED chips 2201 and the LED chips 2201 of the inner LED chip group 221 are relatively inner. The angle of the central angle formed by the axis of the lamp is larger than the angle of the central angle formed by the axis of the LED lamp and the adjacent two LED chips 2201 of the LED chip group 221 on the outer side. That is to say, the LED chip set 221 on the outer side has more LED chips 2201 than the LED chip set 221 on the inner side, so that the distance between the adjacent two LED chips 2201 of the LED chip set 221 on the outer side is the same as that of the LED chip set 221 on the inner side. The distance between two adjacent LED chips 2201 of the LED chip group 221 on the inner side is closer, therefore, the arrangement of the LED chips 2201 will be more uniform, so that the light output can be more uniform.
本实施例中,LED芯片组221设置有至少两组,至少两组LED芯片组221在电路板201的径向方向上依次排布,每一组LED芯片组221包括至少一个LED芯片2201,电路板201径向上的其中一组LED芯片组221中的任一一个LED芯片2201与电路板201径向上相邻的另一组LED芯片组221的任一一个LED芯片2201在电路板201的径向上交错设置,也就是说,不同的LED芯片组221的LED芯片2201之间,在LED灯具的径向上位于不同的方向,即,任意一起始于LED灯具轴线并延伸于LED灯具径向的线,如切到两颗或以上的LED芯片2201,则会切到这两颗或以上的LED芯片2201的不同位置,即,不会切到两颗或以上的LED芯片2201的同一位置。如此一来,假设电路板201表面具有对流,空气在电路板201的径向上对流时,由于空气流通路径的关系,在流通路径上,空气与LED芯片2201的接触更加充分,使得散热效果更好。另外,从发光效果来讲,这种LED芯片2201的排布方式,更利于出光的均匀性。In this embodiment, at least two groups of LED chip groups 221 are provided, and at least two groups of LED chip groups 221 are arranged in sequence in the radial direction of the circuit board 201 , each group of LED chip groups 221 includes at least one LED chip 2201 , and the circuit Any one LED chip 2201 in one group of LED chip groups 221 in the radial direction of the board 201 and any one LED chip 2201 in the other group of LED chip groups 221 radially adjacent to the circuit board 201 are on the circuit board 201. The radial direction is staggered, that is to say, the LED chips 2201 of different LED chip groups 221 are located in different directions in the radial direction of the LED lamp, that is, any one starts from the axis of the LED lamp and extends in the radial direction of the LED lamp. If the line is cut to two or more LED chips 2201 , it will cut to different positions of the two or more LED chips 2201 , that is, it will not cut to the same position of the two or more LED chips 2201 . In this way, assuming that the surface of the circuit board 201 has convection, when the air is convection in the radial direction of the circuit board 201, due to the relationship of the air circulation path, the contact between the air and the LED chip 2201 is more sufficient on the circulation path, so that the heat dissipation effect is better. . In addition, in terms of light emitting effect, the arrangement of the LED chips 2201 is more favorable for the uniformity of light output.
本实施例中,同一LED芯片组221中相邻的两颗LED芯片2201之间具有开放区域2202,以允许空气在LED芯片2201之间流动,以此带走LED芯片2201工作时所产生的热。而电路板201径向上相邻的两组LED芯片组221,其中一组LED芯片组221中任意两颗相邻的LED芯片2201之间的开放区域2202与另一组LED芯片组221中任意两颗相邻的LED芯片2201之间的开放区域2202在电路板201的径向上是交错的,且相互连通的。如此一来,假设空气在电路板201的径向上对流,由于空气流通路径的关系,在流通路径上,空气与LED芯片2201的接触更加充分,使得散热效果更好。如果电路板201径向上相邻的两组LED芯片组221,其中一组LED芯片组221中任意两颗相邻的LED芯片2201之间的开放区域2202与另一组LED芯片组221中任意两颗相邻的LED芯片2201之间的开放区域2202在电路板201的径向上是在同一方向上的,则空气便直接沿电路板径向流动,在流通路径上,空气与LED芯片2201的接触减少,不利于LED芯片2201散热。In the present embodiment, there is an open area 2202 between two adjacent LED chips 2201 in the same LED chip set 221 to allow air to flow between the LED chips 2201, so as to take away the heat generated by the LED chips 2201 during operation . In the two groups of LED chip groups 221 adjacent to the circuit board 201 in the radial direction, the open area 2202 between any two adjacent LED chips 2201 in one group of LED chips 221 and any two in the other group of LED chips 221 The open areas 2202 between adjacent LED chips 2201 are staggered in the radial direction of the circuit board 201 and communicated with each other. In this way, assuming air convection in the radial direction of the circuit board 201 , due to the relationship of the air circulation path, the contact between the air and the LED chip 2201 is more sufficient on the circulation path, so that the heat dissipation effect is better. If the circuit board 201 is radially adjacent to two sets of LED chips 221 , the open area 2202 between any two adjacent LED chips 2201 in one set of LED chips 221 and any two of the other LED chip sets 221 If the open area 2202 between adjacent LED chips 2201 is in the same direction in the radial direction of the circuit board 201, the air will flow directly along the radial direction of the circuit board. On the flow path, the air contacts the LED chips 2201. It is not conducive to the heat dissipation of the LED chip 2201.
举例来讲,LED芯片组221设置有三组,且沿电路板201的径向依次设置,相应的这三组LED芯片组中任意的开放区域2202在电路板201的径向方向上不在同一方向上。以此优化电路板201表面的对流的流通路径,提升散热效率。For example, there are three groups of LED chip sets 221 , and they are arranged in sequence along the radial direction of the circuit board 201 , correspondingly, any open areas 2202 in the three groups of LED chip sets are not in the same direction in the radial direction of the circuit board 201 . . In this way, the flow path of convection on the surface of the circuit board 201 is optimized, and the heat dissipation efficiency is improved.
于一实施例中,每个LED芯片组221只包括一种光色的LED芯片2201,可将每个圆周上的LED芯片2201在周向方向上错开,此排列具有良好的混色性及光均匀性,其次由于LED芯片2201包括LED晶片与光转换层,光转换层包括胶与荧光粉,通过调配胶与荧光粉的比例,可使一圆周上的LED芯片发白色光,如暖白色光、日光色光等,与发白色光相邻的圆周上的LED芯片发原色光,例如红色光、绿色光、蓝色光等,第一绝缘部202上对应白色光、原色光的区域分别设有第一漫射部、第二漫射部,第一漫射部在LED芯片2201的光轴方向上的厚度小于除LED芯片2201的光轴方向外其它方向上的厚度,LED芯片发出的白光被第一漫射部均匀地扩散,第二漫射部具有均匀的厚度,LED芯片发出的原色光经过第二漫射部以相同的光分布发射而不进行扩散,因而调整不同圆周上的色温对比度再现天蓝色,根据生活场景提供适当的照明空间。In one embodiment, each LED chip set 221 only includes LED chips 2201 of one light color, and the LED chips 2201 on each circumference can be staggered in the circumferential direction, and this arrangement has good color mixing and light uniformity. Secondly, because the LED chip 2201 includes an LED chip and a light conversion layer, and the light conversion layer includes glue and phosphor powder, by adjusting the ratio of glue and phosphor powder, the LED chips on a circumference can emit white light, such as warm white light, Daylight color light, etc., the LED chips on the circumference adjacent to the white light emit primary color light, such as red light, green light, blue light, etc. The diffusing part and the second diffusing part, the thickness of the first diffusing part in the optical axis direction of the LED chip 2201 is smaller than the thickness in other directions except the optical axis direction of the LED chip 2201, and the white light emitted by the LED chip is blocked by the first diffusing part. The diffusing part diffuses uniformly, the second diffusing part has a uniform thickness, the primary color light emitted by the LED chip is emitted through the second diffusing part with the same light distribution without diffusing, thus adjusting the color temperature contrast on different circumferences to reproduce sky blue color, and provide appropriate lighting space according to the living scene.
于一实施例中,LED芯片2201上可设置透镜,例如电路板201上设有三个LED芯片组,分别位于同圆心、不同半径的第一圆周、第二圆周及第三圆周上,第一圆周、第二圆周上的LED芯片2201覆盖管状透镜,第三圆周上的每个LED芯片2201覆盖单个透镜,可使得LED灯具的照度均匀。In one embodiment, a lens can be provided on the LED chip 2201. For example, there are three LED chip groups on the circuit board 201, which are respectively located on the first circle, the second circle and the third circle that are concentric and have different radii. , The LED chips 2201 on the second circumference cover the tubular lens, and each LED chip 2201 on the third circumference covers a single lens, which can make the illumination of the LED lamps uniform.
于一实施例中,可将其中一部分LED芯片组朝向LED灯具中央部分(或灯具中心轴方向)照射,一部分LED芯片组朝远离电路板201的方向照射光以防止LED灯具中央部分出现暗部。In one embodiment, a part of the LED chip sets can be irradiated toward the central part of the LED lamp (or the direction of the central axis of the lamp), and a part of the LED chip groups can be irradiated in a direction away from the circuit board 201 to prevent dark parts from appearing in the central part of the LED lamp.
于一实施例中,电路板201上设有两组LED芯片组221,两LED芯片组分别排列在2个同圆心、不同半径的圆周上,第一LED芯片组排列在一圆周上,第二LED芯片组排列在另一圆周上,第一绝缘部202上对应于第一LED芯片组、第二LED芯片组的区域分别设有第一吸收区及第二吸收区,第一LED芯片组的发光色的色温小于第二芯片组的发光色的色温时,第一吸收区的波长吸收量大于第二吸收区的波长吸收量,可以提高灯具的显色性、色温及减少显色偏差(DUV)。In one embodiment, two sets of LED chip groups 221 are arranged on the circuit board 201, and the two LED chip groups are respectively arranged on two concentric circles with different radii. The LED chip groups are arranged on another circumference. The first insulating portion 202 is provided with a first absorption area and a second absorption area in the areas corresponding to the first LED chip group and the second LED chip group, respectively. When the color temperature of the light-emitting color is lower than the color temperature of the light-emitting color of the second chipset, the wavelength absorption of the first absorption region is greater than the wavelength absorption of the second absorption region, which can improve the color rendering, color temperature of the lamp and reduce color deviation (DUV). ).
于一实施例中,可在电路板上设置至少一个散热孔,由于空气可在电路板的第一面和第二面流动,从而提高LED灯具的散热效果。In one embodiment, at least one heat dissipation hole can be provided on the circuit board, since the air can flow on the first surface and the second surface of the circuit board, the heat dissipation effect of the LED lamp can be improved.
于一实施例中,如图18至图22所示,电路板上设有开孔222,LED芯片组221环绕开孔222设置,LED灯具安装完成后,开孔222对应于后续所述的底座3上的孔洞33(参见图45至图46)。开孔222的面积占电路板201的面积的2%~50%,优选开孔的面积占电路板的 面积的10~30%,更优选开孔的面积占电路板的面积的10~20%,一方面由于目前电路板大多是裁剪的,开孔面积太大,边角余料多,造成资源浪费,成本增加;另一方面,相同面积的电路板,相同光通量的情况下,开孔面积太大,相邻LED芯片之间的距离减小,LED芯片工作时产生的热量易相互影响,影响产品质量。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 18 to FIG. 22 , the circuit board is provided with an opening 222 , and the LED chip set 221 is arranged around the opening 222 . After the LED lamp is installed, the opening 222 corresponds to the base described later. Hole 33 on 3 (see Figures 45 to 46). The area of the openings 222 accounts for 2%-50% of the area of the circuit board 201, preferably the area of the openings accounts for 10-30% of the area of the circuit board, more preferably the area of the openings accounts for 10-20% of the area of the circuit board , on the one hand, because most of the current circuit boards are cut, the opening area is too large, and there is a lot of leftover material in the corners, resulting in waste of resources and increased cost; If it is too large, the distance between adjacent LED chips will be reduced, and the heat generated by the LED chips will easily affect each other and affect the product quality.
于一实施例中,光源模组22还可包括透镜单元,透镜单元覆盖于电路板201上,透镜单元的设置存在多种形式,其一,电路板201上设有多组LED芯片组,相邻LED芯片组之间设有小夜灯,透镜单元包括覆盖LED芯片组的透镜主体及连通相邻透镜主体且覆盖小夜灯的连通部,可将透镜主体的发光面设为曲面,使得从小夜灯射出的光向LED灯具的中央及外部扩散,可以实现均匀照射;其二,透镜单元具有两个脊,两个脊之间设有小夜灯,小夜灯用作具有相对方向性的点光源,起到配光的作用;其三,透镜单元可设有凸起,使得电路板201上LED芯片2201发出的光主要朝以电路板201的中心为原点的半径方向扩散发射,从而抑制光源模组点亮时出现颗粒感;其四,电路板201上设有多组LED芯片组,透镜单元的数量大于2,透镜单元之间设有避让部,电路板201具有开孔,LED芯片组环绕开孔设置,避让部具有面向开孔的凹部,防止第一绝缘部202光干涉;其五,透镜单元具有与LED芯片2201相对准的凹入部分,以容纳LED芯片2201,透镜单元具有入射表面及相对的投射表面,靠近LED芯片2201光轴的投射表面和入射表面的区域内的扩散率设置成高于其它区域内的扩散率,灯罩的亮度分布变得平滑,光透射效率高;其六,透镜单元具有第一表面和第二表面,第二表面是靠近LED芯片2201一侧的光入射表面,第二表面是LED芯片2201从第一表面入射的光透射过此表面发射到外部的一表面,第一表面包括光控制面,光控制面以大角度分布从LED芯片2201发出的光,在光控制面的周围设有多个凸部或多个凹部,通过多个凸部或凹部进行扩散,可以抑制灯罩上亮线的产生;其七,透镜单元包括多个透镜,每个透镜分别覆盖每个LED芯片2201,即透镜数量与LED芯片2201的数量相等,第一绝缘部202具有透光性的透镜罩,透镜罩使LED芯片2201的光朝向灯具的中心部射出,可设定透镜的配光峰值角度,从而提高均匀度;其八,透镜单元具有供LED芯片2201发出的光入射的凹部及LED收纳部,通过收纳LED芯片而抑制LED芯片与凹部接触,LED收纳部与所述凹部通过相对于所述LED芯片凸出的凸曲面而平滑地连续;其九,透镜单元包括第一配光区和第二配光区,第一配光区具有第一外表面,第二配光区具有第二外表面,第一外表面在LED芯片2201的光轴方向上向内反射光,第二外表面相对于LED芯片2201的光轴方向上向外反射光,通过调整LED芯片的位置,可抑制一部分照度防止眩光产生。上述第二至第九中透镜单元的实施形式涉及的LED芯片2201的排列可采用上述实施例中的排列,也可采用其它的排列形式。In one embodiment, the light source module 22 may further include a lens unit, and the lens unit is covered on the circuit board 201. There are various forms of the lens unit. A night light is arranged between the adjacent LED chip groups, and the lens unit includes a lens body covering the LED chip group and a communication part connecting the adjacent lens bodies and covering the night light. The emitted light diffuses to the center and the outside of the LED lamp, which can achieve uniform illumination; secondly, the lens unit has two ridges, and a night light is arranged between the two ridges. The night light is used as a point light source with relative directionality. Third, the lens unit can be provided with protrusions, so that the light emitted by the LED chips 2201 on the circuit board 201 is mainly diffused and emitted in the radial direction with the center of the circuit board 201 as the origin, thereby suppressing the light source module point When the light is on, there is a grainy feeling; fourth, there are multiple groups of LED chip groups on the circuit board 201, the number of lens units is greater than 2, and there are avoidance parts between the lens units, the circuit board 201 has openings, and the LED chip groups surround the openings Setting, the avoidance part has a concave part facing the opening to prevent the light interference of the first insulating part 202; Fifth, the lens unit has a concave part aligned with the LED chip 2201 to accommodate the LED chip 2201, the lens unit has an incident surface and a relative The diffusivity in the projection surface near the optical axis of the LED chip 2201 and the area of the incident surface is set to be higher than that in other areas, the brightness distribution of the lampshade becomes smooth, and the light transmission efficiency is high; Sixth, the lens The unit has a first surface and a second surface, the second surface is a light incident surface close to the side of the LED chip 2201, and the second surface is a surface where the light incident from the first surface of the LED chip 2201 is transmitted through this surface and emitted to the outside, The first surface includes a light control surface, the light control surface distributes the light emitted from the LED chip 2201 at a large angle, a plurality of convex parts or a plurality of concave parts are arranged around the light control surface, and the light control surface is diffused through the plurality of convex parts or concave parts, The generation of bright lines on the lampshade can be suppressed; seventh, the lens unit includes a plurality of lenses, each lens covers each LED chip 2201 respectively, that is, the number of lenses is equal to the number of LED chips 2201, and the first insulating portion 202 has light transmittance The lens cover enables the light of the LED chip 2201 to be emitted toward the center of the lamp, and the peak light distribution angle of the lens can be set to improve the uniformity; and the LED accommodating part, by accommodating the LED chip, the contact between the LED chip and the concave part is suppressed, and the LED accommodating part and the concave part are smoothly continuous through the convex curved surface protruding relative to the LED chip; The light area and the second light distribution area, the first light distribution area has a first outer surface, the second light distribution area has a second outer surface, the first outer surface reflects light inward in the direction of the optical axis of the LED chip 2201, and the second light distribution area has a second outer surface. The two outer surfaces are relative to the optical axis direction of the LED chip 2201 The light is reflected upward and outward, and by adjusting the position of the LED chip, a part of the illuminance can be suppressed to prevent glare. The arrangement of the LED chips 2201 involved in the implementation forms of the lens units in the second to ninth above may adopt the arrangement in the above-mentioned embodiment, and may also adopt other arrangement forms.
于一实施例中,电路板201还可采用其它不同的形式,如电路板201可包括多个子电路板201,子电路板201可设置成多种不同的结构,一实施例中,至少有一个子电路板201相对于底座3具有一定的倾斜角度;一实施例中,任一子电路板201具有未放置LED芯片2201的内部区域和放置LED芯片2201的外部区域,例如任一子电路板上的所有LED芯片2201所能围成来的最小区域形成所述外部区域,靠近内部区域的LED芯片2201间距小,远离内部区域的LED芯片2201之间的间距大,能够实现LED灯具发光均匀;一实施例中,子电路板201按圆周方向排列,每个子电路板201上设有不同色光的LED芯片2201,相邻子电路板201最接近的LED芯片的色光不同,子电路板201中相邻LED芯片之间的距离等于分别位于相邻子电路板201的LED芯片之间的最短距离,通过不同色光LED芯片的排列,可实现发光面发光均匀;一实施例中,相邻子电路板201通过连接部连接,一子电路板201的突出部容纳于与之相邻的子电路板201的收纳部,来自LED芯片发出的光易向与LED芯片延伸方向正交的方向扩散,抑制了连接部中央变暗,从而抑制LED灯具的发光面发生亮度不均;一实施例中,电路板201由两子电路板201组成,第一绝缘部202上设有反射部,反射部具有使一子电路板201上LED芯片射出的光从电路板的垂直方向倾斜地反射的第一反射面和使另一子电路板201上的LED芯片射出的光朝向灯具中央反射的第二反射面,以抑制第一绝缘部上亮度不均匀。In one embodiment, the circuit board 201 can also take other different forms. For example, the circuit board 201 can include a plurality of sub-circuit boards 201, and the sub-circuit boards 201 can be arranged in various different structures. The sub-circuit board 201 has a certain inclination angle relative to the base 3; in one embodiment, any sub-circuit board 201 has an inner area where the LED chips 2201 are not placed and an outer area where the LED chips 2201 are placed, for example, any sub-circuit board The smallest area that can be surrounded by all the LED chips 2201 forms the outer area, the LED chips 2201 close to the inner area have small spacing, and the spacing between the LED chips 2201 far from the inner area is large, which can realize uniform lighting of the LED lamps; one In the embodiment, the sub-circuit boards 201 are arranged in the circumferential direction, and each sub-circuit board 201 is provided with LED chips 2201 of different colors. The distance between the LED chips is equal to the shortest distance between the LED chips respectively located on the adjacent sub-circuit boards 201. By arranging the LED chips of different colors, the light-emitting surface can emit light uniformly; in one embodiment, the adjacent sub-circuit boards 201 Connected by the connecting portion, the protruding portion of one sub-circuit board 201 is accommodated in the receiving portion of the adjacent sub-circuit board 201, and the light emitted from the LED chip is easily diffused in the direction orthogonal to the extending direction of the LED chip, thereby suppressing the connection The center of the part is darkened, so as to prevent uneven brightness of the light-emitting surface of the LED lamp; in one embodiment, the circuit board 201 is composed of two sub-circuit boards 201, and the first insulating part 202 is provided with a reflective part, and the reflective part has a sub-circuit board 201. The first reflective surface that reflects the light emitted by the LED chips on the circuit board 201 obliquely from the vertical direction of the circuit board and the second reflective surface that reflects the light emitted by the LED chips on the other sub-circuit board 201 toward the center of the lamp to suppress the The brightness is not uniform on the first insulating portion.
于一实施例中,电路板201还可采用其它不同的形式,如电路板201包括设有电源模组23的内侧区域与设有光源模组22的外侧区域,外侧区域相对于内侧区域远离电路板201的中心,外侧区域以彼此邻接的方式交替配置有多个第一区块和多个第二区块,从配置在第一区块内的多个LED芯片2201到电路板201中心的距离的平均值大于从配置在第二区块内的多个LED芯片2201到电路板201中心的距离的平均值,因此能够抑制从外侧区域内的LED芯片发出的光被设置于内侧区域的覆盖电源模组的第二绝缘部203阻挡,可以确保灯罩的光射出面辉度均匀;In one embodiment, the circuit board 201 can also adopt other different forms. For example, the circuit board 201 includes an inner area with the power module 23 and an outer area with the light source module 22 , and the outer area is farther away from the circuit than the inner area. The center and outer regions of the board 201 are alternately arranged with a plurality of first blocks and a plurality of second blocks adjacent to each other, and the distance from the plurality of LED chips 2201 arranged in the first block to the center of the circuit board 201 The average value is larger than the average value of the distances from the plurality of LED chips 2201 arranged in the second block to the center of the circuit board 201, so that the light emitted from the LED chips in the outer area can be suppressed from being provided in the covering power supply in the inner area. The second insulating part 203 of the module blocks, which can ensure uniform brightness of the light exit surface of the lampshade;
在一些实施例中,电路板201还可采用其它不同的形式,如图19~20所示,电路板201的第二面2012包括用于放置电源模组23的第三区域2014b和未放置有电源模组23的第四区域2015b,本实施例中,第一区域2014a和第三区域2014b包括开孔222,开孔222连通第一区域2014a和第三区域2014b,例如以电路板的中心为圆心,以电源模组的电子元件至此中心的最大距离为半径所形成的圆的面积为第三区域,第一面2011包括与第三区域2014b相对的第一区域2014a和与第四区域2015b相对的第二区域2015a,位于第一区域2014a内的LED芯片的数量小于位于第二区域2015a内的LED芯片数量,如此一方面显著减少LED灯具中部的暗区,提高LED灯具的发光效果,另一方面又可减少电源模组产生的热量对光源模组的 影响。在一些实施例中,第三区域2014b靠近LED灯具的中心轴(或光电模组的中心轴),第四区域2015b远离LED灯具的中心轴(相较于第三区域2014b),因电源模组23设置在靠近LED灯具的中心,在运输过程中,光电模组2所受外力的振幅较小,电源模组23不会因受外力而损坏。当电源模组23包括前述提及的第一电源模组231和第二电源模组232时,关于图19-20描述中指代的电源模组为第二电源模组232,在其它实施例中,第一区域2014a和第三区域2014b不包括开孔222,开孔222的端部或边缘至第一区域2014a的最大距离小于开孔222的端部或边缘至LED芯片2201的距离。In some embodiments, the circuit board 201 may also adopt other different forms. As shown in FIGS. 19-20 , the second surface 2012 of the circuit board 201 includes a third area 2014b for placing the power module 23 and a third area 2014b not placed thereon. In the fourth area 2015b of the power module 23, in this embodiment, the first area 2014a and the third area 2014b include an opening 222, and the opening 222 connects the first area 2014a and the third area 2014b, for example, the center of the circuit board is The center of the circle, the area of the circle formed by taking the maximum distance from the electronic components of the power module to the center as the radius is the third area, and the first surface 2011 includes the first area 2014a opposite to the third area 2014b and the fourth area 2015b opposite In the second area 2015a, the number of LED chips located in the first area 2014a is smaller than the number of LED chips located in the second area 2015a, so on the one hand, the dark area in the middle of the LED lamp is significantly reduced, and the luminous effect of the LED lamp is improved, and the other is On the other hand, the influence of the heat generated by the power module on the light source module can be reduced. In some embodiments, the third area 2014b is close to the central axis of the LED luminaire (or the central axis of the optoelectronic module), and the fourth area 2015b is far from the central axis of the LED luminaire (compared to the third area 2014b), because the power module 23 is arranged close to the center of the LED lamp. During transportation, the amplitude of the external force on the photoelectric module 2 is small, and the power module 23 will not be damaged by the external force. When the power module 23 includes the aforementioned first power module 231 and the second power module 232, the power module referred to in the description of FIGS. 19-20 is the second power module 232, and in other embodiments , the first area 2014a and the third area 2014b do not include the opening 222, and the maximum distance from the end or edge of the opening 222 to the first area 2014a is smaller than the distance from the end or edge of the opening 222 to the LED chip 2201.
在一些实施例中,电路板201还可采用其它不同的形式,如图21和图22所示,电路板201的第二面2012包括第七区域2016b和第八区域2017b,电源模组23的电子元件包括发热元件(工作时工作时产生热量较多的元件,如IC、电阻等)和不耐热元件(意指容易因受热而改变工作能力的元件,如电解电容),其中发热元件和不耐热元件分别位于第七区域2016b和第八区域2017b,可减小发热元件工作时产生的热量对不耐热元件的影响,提高电源模组23的整体的可靠性及寿命,第一面2011包括与第七区域2016b相对的第五区域2016a和与第八区域2017b相对的第六区域2017a,位于第五区域2016a内的LED芯片的数量小于位于第六区域2017b内的LED芯片数量,从而减少电源模组产生的热量对光源模组的影响。当电源模组23包括前述提及的第一电源模组231和第二电源模组232时,关于图21-22描述中指代的电源模组为第二电源模组232。In some embodiments, the circuit board 201 may also take other different forms. As shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 22 , the second surface 2012 of the circuit board 201 includes a seventh area 2016b and an eighth area 2017b. Electronic components include heating elements (components that generate more heat during operation, such as ICs, resistors, etc.) and heat-resistant components (meaning components that are easily changed by heat, such as electrolytic capacitors), among which heating elements and The heat-labile elements are located in the seventh area 2016b and the eighth area 2017b respectively, which can reduce the influence of the heat generated by the heating element on the heat-labile element, and improve the overall reliability and life of the power module 23. The first side 2011 includes a fifth area 2016a opposite to the seventh area 2016b and a sixth area 2017a opposite to the eighth area 2017b, the number of LED chips located in the fifth area 2016a is smaller than the number of LED chips located in the sixth area 2017b, thus Reduce the influence of the heat generated by the power module on the light source module. When the power module 23 includes the aforementioned first power module 231 and the second power module 232 , the power module referred to in the description of FIGS. 21-22 is the second power module 232 .
于一实施例中,电路板201还可采用其它不同的形式,为提高光源模组的散热效率,电路板201包括配置有电源模组23的内侧区域和配置有光源模组22的外侧区域,外侧区域相对于内侧区域远离电路板201的中心,内侧区域与外侧区域之间设有脆弱部(缝隙或槽),脆弱部的位置易弯曲,能够提高电路板201与底座的密合度,增加了散热面积。In one embodiment, the circuit board 201 can also adopt other different forms. In order to improve the heat dissipation efficiency of the light source module, the circuit board 201 includes an inner area where the power module 23 is configured and an outer area where the light source module 22 is configured. The outer area is farther from the center of the circuit board 201 than the inner area, and a fragile part (a gap or groove) is arranged between the inner area and the outer area. Cooling area.
于一实施例中,电路板201还可采用其它不同的形式,光电模组包括小夜灯,电路板201包括配置小夜灯的第一区域和配置LED芯片2201的第二区域,第一区域靠近LED灯具的中心轴(或光电模组的中心轴),小夜灯与LED芯片2201之间形成一条狭缝,以确保小夜灯与LED芯片之间的绝缘距离,防止由于小夜灯与LED芯片之间的电势差引起短路。In one embodiment, the circuit board 201 can also take other different forms. The optoelectronic module includes a night light. The circuit board 201 includes a first area for configuring the night light and a second area for configuring the LED chip 2201. The first area is close to the LED. The central axis of the lamp (or the central axis of the photoelectric module), a slit is formed between the night light and the LED chip 2201 to ensure the insulation distance between the night light and the LED chip, and prevent the The potential difference causes a short circuit.
于一实施例中,电路板201还可采用其它不同的形式,如电路板201上设有控制从LED芯片2201发射光的光分布的光学构件,光学构件具有圆顶状入射表面、出射表面及位置两者之间的介质部,光轴方向上LED芯片距入射表面的距离r与外周方向上LED芯片距入射表面的距离d的比值为r/d<1,通过调整r、d可根据生活场景产生对应的光空间。In one embodiment, the circuit board 201 can also take other different forms. For example, the circuit board 201 is provided with an optical member for controlling the light distribution of the light emitted from the LED chip 2201. The optical member has a dome-shaped incident surface, an exit surface and In the medium part between the two positions, the ratio of the distance r between the LED chip and the incident surface in the optical axis direction and the distance d between the LED chip and the incident surface in the peripheral direction is r/d<1. The scene produces the corresponding light space.
从图10至图11可知,第一绝缘部202从光源模组22的中心沿光源模组22的径向方向至边缘具有一定弧度,或者第一绝缘部202从光源模组22的一端沿光源模组22的径向方向 至光源模组22的另一端具有一定的弧度,或者第一绝缘部202从电路板201的中心沿电路板201的径向方向至第一绝缘部202的端部具有一定弧度。弧度所对应的圆心角为2°至50°,优选5°至15°。将第一绝缘部202设计为具有弧度,可增加第一绝缘部在运输过程的受力强度,从而保护光电模组2的完整性,还能够缓和第一绝缘部相对于电路板的倾斜度,使光线柔和地分布。其它实施例中,第一绝缘部202包括透明基材和具有透光性的光扩散层,透明基材靠近电路板201,透明基材与光扩散层之间设有形成预定图案的装饰层,透过装饰层的光不会被光扩散层散射,因此从地板侧观察LED灯具时,能够看到轮廓清晰的图案,可以增强照明效果。It can be seen from FIG. 10 to FIG. 11 that the first insulating portion 202 has a certain arc from the center of the light source module 22 along the radial direction of the light source module 22 to the edge, or the first insulating portion 202 extends from one end of the light source module 22 along the light source The radial direction of the module 22 to the other end of the light source module 22 has a certain radian, or the first insulating portion 202 has a radial direction from the center of the circuit board 201 to the end of the first insulating portion 202 along the radial direction of the circuit board 201 . a certain arc. The central angle corresponding to the radian is 2° to 50°, preferably 5° to 15°. Designing the first insulating portion 202 to have a radian can increase the force strength of the first insulating portion during transportation, thereby protecting the integrity of the optoelectronic module 2, and can also ease the inclination of the first insulating portion relative to the circuit board, Distributes the light softly. In other embodiments, the first insulating portion 202 includes a transparent base material and a light-transmitting light diffusing layer, the transparent base material is close to the circuit board 201, and a decorative layer forming a predetermined pattern is provided between the transparent base material and the light diffusing layer. The light passing through the decorative layer will not be scattered by the light diffusion layer, so when the LED lamps are observed from the floor side, a pattern with a clear outline can be seen, which can enhance the lighting effect.
如图10至图12所示,第二绝缘部203上设置有若干第一孔洞2032,第二绝缘部203与电路板201之间形成用于容置电子元件的空间。第一孔洞2032的设置,有利于用于容置电子元件的空间内的空气对流,藉此使这些电子元件工作时产生的至少一部分热量,通过上述第一孔洞2032而排出,加强电子元件的散热效果。As shown in FIGS. 10 to 12 , a plurality of first holes 2032 are provided on the second insulating portion 203 , and a space for accommodating electronic components is formed between the second insulating portion 203 and the circuit board 201 . The arrangement of the first holes 2032 is beneficial to the air convection in the space for accommodating the electronic components, so that at least a part of the heat generated by the electronic components is discharged through the above-mentioned first holes 2032 to enhance the heat dissipation of the electronic components Effect.
于一实施例中,第二绝缘部203可采用其它不同的形式,第二绝缘部203可由多个区块组成,区块之间具有重叠区,重叠区至底座3的距离小于第二绝缘部203其他部分(除重叠区外的其它区域)至底座3的距离,以防止第二绝缘部与电源模组接触,增加散热路径,提高散热效果。In one embodiment, the second insulating portion 203 may adopt other different forms. The second insulating portion 203 may be composed of a plurality of blocks, with overlapping regions between the blocks, and the distance from the overlapping region to the base 3 is smaller than that of the second insulating portion. 203 The distance from other parts (other than the overlapping area) to the base 3 to prevent the second insulating part from contacting the power module, increase the heat dissipation path, and improve the heat dissipation effect.
于一实施例中,第一绝缘部202可采用其它不同的形式,第一绝缘部202包括中心区和端部区,其中心区靠近LED灯具的中心轴(或光电模组的中心轴),端部区相较于中心区远离LED灯具的中心轴(或光电模组的中心轴),端部区设有将光源模组22发出的光从中心区引导至端部区射出的导光反射部,以提高灯具的照射范围。In one embodiment, the first insulating portion 202 can adopt other different forms. The first insulating portion 202 includes a central area and an end area, and the central area is close to the central axis of the LED lamp (or the central axis of the optoelectronic module), Compared with the central area, the end area is far away from the central axis of the LED lamp (or the central axis of the photoelectric module), and the end area is provided with a light guide reflection that guides the light emitted by the light source module 22 from the central area to the end area. part to improve the illumination range of the lamps.
于一实施例中,第一绝缘部202可采用其它不同的形式,第一绝缘部202具有内区、外区及位于内区与外区之间的中间区,内区相较于外区与中间区靠近LED灯具的中心轴(或光电模组的中心轴),内区具有比中间区厚的第一厚部,第一厚部能够提供透镜效应,从而使灯具的中央部分明亮,光损耗小。In one embodiment, the first insulating portion 202 may adopt other different forms. The first insulating portion 202 has an inner region, an outer region, and an intermediate region between the inner region and the outer region, and the inner region is compared with the outer region and the outer region. The middle area is close to the central axis of the LED luminaire (or the central axis of the photoelectric module), and the inner area has a first thick part thicker than the middle area, the first thick part can provide a lens effect, so that the central part of the luminaire is bright, and the light is lost small.
于一实施例中,第一绝缘部202可采用其它不同的形式,第一绝缘部202的表面上可具有多个棱镜,每个棱镜相对于电路板201具有不同倾斜角度的第一棱镜面和第二棱镜面,从LED芯片发出的光入射至第一棱镜面、第二棱镜面上发生折射,能够抑制眩光产生的不适感。In one embodiment, the first insulating portion 202 may adopt other different forms. The surface of the first insulating portion 202 may have a plurality of prisms, and each prism has a first prism surface and a different inclined angle relative to the circuit board 201 . On the second prism surface, the light emitted from the LED chip is incident on the first prism surface and the second prism surface and is refracted, which can suppress discomfort caused by glare.
于一实施例中,第一绝缘部202可采用其它不同的形式,第一绝缘部202具有高透光率的透光部和低透光率的透镜部,透光部环绕透镜部且远离LED灯具的中心轴,可使灯罩照度均匀,灯具的光输出率高。一实施例中,第一绝缘部202上设有透镜,可以控制第一绝缘部径向和周向的光分布,抑制灯具周向亮度不均,确保径向配光。In one embodiment, the first insulating portion 202 may adopt other different forms. The first insulating portion 202 has a light-transmitting portion with high light transmittance and a lens portion with low light transmittance, and the light-transmitting portion surrounds the lens portion and is far away from the LED. The central axis of the lamp can make the illuminance of the lampshade uniform and the light output rate of the lamp is high. In one embodiment, the first insulating portion 202 is provided with a lens, which can control the radial and circumferential light distribution of the first insulating portion, suppress the uneven brightness of the lamp in the circumferential direction, and ensure radial light distribution.
于一实施例中,第一绝缘部202可采用其它不同的形式,光电模组2包括小夜灯,小夜灯设置在最靠近LED灯具的中心轴(或光电模组的中心轴)的圆周上,小夜灯上设有能够透射图案的掩膜,可保证灯具的发光效率及提高光设计性,此外小夜灯在打开时,灯罩1上可能会产生亮线,为防止此现象出现,小夜灯外设有扩散罩进行漫射,第一绝缘部202覆盖小夜灯与光源模组22的区域为没有凹凸的均匀表面,因而不会产生亮线。In one embodiment, the first insulating portion 202 can adopt other different forms, the photoelectric module 2 includes a night light, and the night light is arranged on the circumference closest to the central axis of the LED lamp (or the central axis of the photoelectric module), The night light is provided with a mask that can transmit the pattern, which can ensure the luminous efficiency of the lamp and improve the light design. In addition, when the night light is turned on, there may be bright lines on the lampshade 1. In order to prevent this phenomenon, the night light peripheral There is a diffuser cover for diffusing, and the area where the first insulating portion 202 covers the night light and the light source module 22 is a uniform surface without unevenness, so no bright lines are generated.
于一实施例中,第一绝缘部202与第二绝缘部可采用其它不同的形式,如图23和图24所示,此实施例中,第一绝缘部202上设有透镜组212,透镜组212对应于LED芯片组221设置,即透镜组212位于LED芯片组221的上方以覆盖LED芯片组221,使得光分布更加分散、均匀;透镜组通过注塑工艺一次成型,相比于单独安装透镜,降低了生产成本,第一绝缘部202上设有多组散热孔组,散热孔组包括多个散热孔211,其中至少有一组散热孔组靠近LED芯片组221,使电路板201的热量得以快速散发,极大增加了散热效果。此外第二绝缘部203上也可设有散热孔211,进一步降低电源模组的温度,提高灯具的使用寿命,第二绝缘部上设有多个辅助部2033,多个辅助部2033呈圆周分布,当然也可采用其它的分布方式,当绝缘单元与电路板固定时,辅助部可增加绝缘单元与电路板的连接强度,此外可增加第二绝缘部的散热面积,提高散热效果。在其它实施例中,可将散热孔211设置在第一绝缘部202的中间(靠近光电模组的中心轴),此外在第一绝缘部202的外边缘设有多个间隔排列的凹口,从而空气可在电路板与第一绝缘部之间对流,提高散热效果。In one embodiment, the first insulating portion 202 and the second insulating portion may adopt other different forms. As shown in FIG. 23 and FIG. 24 , in this embodiment, the first insulating portion 202 is provided with a lens group 212 . The group 212 is disposed corresponding to the LED chip group 221, that is, the lens group 212 is located above the LED chip group 221 to cover the LED chip group 221, so that the light distribution is more dispersed and uniform; In order to reduce the production cost, the first insulating part 202 is provided with multiple groups of heat dissipation holes, the heat dissipation hole group includes a plurality of heat dissipation holes 211, and at least one group of heat dissipation holes is close to the LED chip group 221, so that the heat of the circuit board 201 can be absorbed. Rapidly dissipates, greatly increasing the heat dissipation effect. In addition, the second insulating portion 203 can also be provided with heat dissipation holes 211 to further reduce the temperature of the power module and improve the service life of the lamp. A plurality of auxiliary portions 2033 are arranged on the second insulating portion, and the plurality of auxiliary portions 2033 are distributed in a circle. Of course, other distribution methods can also be used. When the insulating unit is fixed to the circuit board, the auxiliary part can increase the connection strength between the insulating unit and the circuit board, and can also increase the heat dissipation area of the second insulating part to improve the heat dissipation effect. In other embodiments, the heat dissipation hole 211 can be arranged in the middle of the first insulating portion 202 (close to the central axis of the optoelectronic module), and a plurality of spaced notches are arranged on the outer edge of the first insulating portion 202, Therefore, air can be convected between the circuit board and the first insulating portion, thereby improving the heat dissipation effect.
图25是光电模组2b另一实施例的结构示意图,如图25所示,光电模组2b包括光源模组22及电源模组23,光源模组22与电源模组23之间设有反光件29,光源模组22环绕在反光件29的四周,光源模组22包括电路板201和位于电路板201上的至少一组LED芯片组221,每个LED芯片组包括多个LED芯片2201,LED芯片2201的发光面朝向灯具的中心轴,可有效消除中间暗区,提高灯具的发光效果。参见图55至图56,LED芯片2201发出的部分光经反光件29反射后射出灯罩1。在一实施例中,LED芯片2201的外表面可透过胶体(例如硅胶)与外部环境进行隔离,避免触电风险。或是在整个电路板201上涂布厚度均匀的胶层。FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the photoelectric module 2b. As shown in FIG. 25, the photoelectric module 2b includes a light source module 22 and a power module 23, and a reflective light is provided between the light source module 22 and the power module 23. The light source module 22 surrounds the reflective member 29. The light source module 22 includes a circuit board 201 and at least one group of LED chip groups 221 located on the circuit board 201. Each LED chip group includes a plurality of LED chips 2201. The light-emitting surface of the LED chip 2201 faces the central axis of the lamp, which can effectively eliminate the middle dark area and improve the lighting effect of the lamp. Referring to FIG. 55 to FIG. 56 , part of the light emitted by the LED chip 2201 is reflected by the light-reflecting member 29 and then exits the lampshade 1 . In one embodiment, the outer surface of the LED chip 2201 can be isolated from the external environment through a colloid (eg, silica gel) to avoid the risk of electric shock. Alternatively, an adhesive layer with a uniform thickness is coated on the entire circuit board 201 .
此实施例中,LED光源模组22还包括散热件223,散热件223可为铝环、铜环等,电路板201贴附于散热件223上,为提高散热效果,可在散热件223远离电路板201的表面上设置散热筋(图上未标示)以增加散热面积,散热筋与电路板201位于散热件223相对的两个表面。In this embodiment, the LED light source module 22 further includes a heat sink 223. The heat sink 223 can be an aluminum ring, a copper ring, etc. The circuit board 201 is attached to the heat sink 223. In order to improve the heat dissipation effect, the heat sink 223 can be far away from the heat sink 223. The surface of the circuit board 201 is provided with heat dissipation ribs (not marked in the figure) to increase the heat dissipation area.
此实施例中,LED光源模组22的制备可采用以下方法:In this embodiment, the preparation of the LED light source module 22 may adopt the following methods:
1)将电路板201焊盘端卡入转盘的卡槽中,启动转盘,电路板201环绕吸附在转盘的卡 槽内;1) the circuit board 201 pad end is stuck in the card slot of the turntable, the turntable is started, and the circuit board 201 is surrounded and adsorbed in the card slot of the turntable;
2)点胶头对准电路板201,转盘转动开始点胶,点胶完成后转盘停止转动;2) The dispensing head is aligned with the circuit board 201, the turntable rotates to start dispensing, and the turntable stops rotating after the dispensing is completed;
3)散热件223卡入转盘的卡槽中,转盘转动一圈后剪断散热件223,取出散热件223与电路板201;3) The heat sink 223 is inserted into the slot of the turntable. After the turntable rotates once, the heat sink 223 is cut off, and the heat sink 223 and the circuit board 201 are taken out;
4)在电路板201上贴覆LED芯片2201得到LED光源模组22。上述制备方法操作简单,设备成本低,可有效提高生产效率及降低生产成本。4) Paste the LED chip 2201 on the circuit board 201 to obtain the LED light source module 22 . The above preparation method has simple operation and low equipment cost, and can effectively improve production efficiency and reduce production cost.
如图26至28所示,本申请的光电模组2还包括连接器端子24,电连接端子24电性连接至外部电源(例如市电)用于接收外部电力信号并将此电力信号向LED灯具传输,连接器端子24通过导线241连接第二面2012上的电子元件,导线241与电路板201的连接点位于电路板201的第二面2012。本实施例以电源模组的电子元件全部位于第二面2012为例,但不以此为限。电路板201上设有开口2018,开口2018连通第一面2011和第二面2012,开口2018靠近导线241,开口2018至导线241在电路板径向方向上的距离小于导线241的长度,优选开口2018至导线241在电路板径向方向上的最短距离小于导线241的长度,以保证电连接稳定。第一绝缘部202上设有固定扣2025,光电模组2组装完成后,固定扣2025位于与第一面2011呈30度至60度的区域内,优选,固定扣2025位于与第一面2011呈30度至45度的区域内,以方便使用者自行组装时,易将连接器端子24穿过开口2018固定至固定扣2025上,连接器端子24的一部分露出第一绝缘部202外以方便后续的电性连接。图26示出了本申请光电模组一实施例的组装方法,参见图26至图28,其包括:As shown in FIGS. 26 to 28 , the optoelectronic module 2 of the present application further includes a connector terminal 24 , and the electrical connection terminal 24 is electrically connected to an external power source (such as commercial power) for receiving external power signals and sending the power signals to the LEDs. During lamp transmission, the connector terminals 24 are connected to the electronic components on the second surface 2012 through the wires 241 , and the connection point between the wires 241 and the circuit board 201 is located on the second surface 2012 of the circuit board 201 . In this embodiment, the electronic components of the power module are all located on the second surface 2012 as an example, but it is not limited thereto. The circuit board 201 is provided with an opening 2018, the opening 2018 is connected to the first surface 2011 and the second surface 2012, the opening 2018 is close to the wire 241, and the distance from the opening 2018 to the wire 241 in the radial direction of the circuit board is smaller than the length of the wire 241, preferably the opening The shortest distance from 2018 to the wire 241 in the radial direction of the circuit board is less than the length of the wire 241 to ensure stable electrical connection. The first insulating part 202 is provided with a fixing button 2025. After the photoelectric module 2 is assembled, the fixing button 2025 is located in an area that is 30 degrees to 60 degrees from the first surface 2011. Preferably, the fixing button 2025 is located on the first side 2011. In the area of 30 degrees to 45 degrees, it is easy for the user to assemble the connector terminal 24 through the opening 2018 and fix it to the fixing buckle 2025, and a part of the connector terminal 24 is exposed outside the first insulating part 202 for convenience. Subsequent electrical connections. Fig. 26 shows an assembling method of an embodiment of the optoelectronic module of the present application, referring to Fig. 26 to Fig. 28, which includes:
1)连接器端子24通过导线241连接电路板201上的电子元件,将电路板201压入第一绝缘部202内;1) The connector terminal 24 is connected to the electronic components on the circuit board 201 through the wires 241, and the circuit board 201 is pressed into the first insulating part 202;
2)将连接器端子24穿过电路板201上的开口2018按入至第一绝缘部202的固定扣2025,连接器端子24的一部分露出第一绝缘部202外;2) Press the connector terminal 24 through the opening 2018 on the circuit board 201 into the fixing button 2025 of the first insulating part 202, and a part of the connector terminal 24 is exposed outside the first insulating part 202;
3)将第二绝缘部203固定在电路板201上,第二绝缘部203覆盖导线241及第二面2012上的所有电子元件。3) The second insulating portion 203 is fixed on the circuit board 201 , and the second insulating portion 203 covers the wires 241 and all the electronic components on the second surface 2012 .
目前光电模组组装时,是先将电路板固定在底座上,再将连接器端子固定在第一绝缘部上的固定扣,最后固定第一绝缘部。然而采用这种连接器端子固定方式,固定第一绝缘部时需调整第一绝缘部的位置,调整过程中连接器端子与电路板的电连接点易出现松动,电连接不稳固;而为解决上述的电连接不稳固,需采用较长的导线,但导线过长,增加了线材成本。采用本申请组装方法进行光电模组的组装,简单方便,使用者可自行组装,而且用于连接器端子与电路板的导线长度短,可以节约线材;组装完成后,连接器端子与电路板呈一定角度,使连接器端子露出第一面高度最小化,对光源模组发出的光无遮挡。At present, when the photoelectric module is assembled, the circuit board is first fixed on the base, then the connector terminal is fixed on the fixing buckle on the first insulating portion, and finally the first insulating portion is fixed. However, with this connector terminal fixing method, the position of the first insulating portion needs to be adjusted when fixing the first insulating portion. During the adjustment process, the electrical connection point between the connector terminal and the circuit board is prone to loosening, and the electrical connection is unstable. The above-mentioned electrical connection is not stable, and a long wire needs to be used, but the wire is too long, which increases the cost of the wire. Using the assembly method of the present application to assemble the optoelectronic module is simple and convenient, the user can assemble it by himself, and the length of the wire used for the connector terminal and the circuit board is short, which can save the wire; after the assembly is completed, the connector terminal and the circuit board are At a certain angle, the height of the exposed first surface of the connector terminal is minimized, and the light emitted by the light source module is not blocked.
如图29至图35所示,第一绝缘部202的外缘设置第一凸出部2101,第一凸出部2101相对第一绝缘部202的外缘而凸出。本实施例中,第一绝缘部202可设置为回转体结构,而第一凸出部2101可沿第一绝缘部202的周向而在第一绝缘部202的外缘而设置多个。本实施例中,底座3上设置安装部31,安装部31提供对第一凸出部2101的安装。具体的,安装部31具有一第一安装部315,第一安装部315具有一第一卡槽3111。第一绝缘部202具有一固定位置及松脱位置,在所述固定位置时,第一凸出部2101卡入第一卡槽3111固定,在所述放松位置时,第一凸出部2101与第一卡槽3111分离。本实施例中,第一绝缘部202以转动的形式(大致为绕LED灯具轴线而转动)在所述固定位置及所述放松位置间切换。本实施例中,第一卡槽3111在LED灯具的轴向方向上的两侧通过第一安装部315与底座3而封闭,因此,当第一凸出部2101卡入第一卡槽3111后,第一凸出部2101在LED灯具厚度方向上的两侧受限位。其他实施例中,第一卡槽3111在LED灯具的轴向方向上的两侧通过第一安装部315的自身的结构而封闭,以达到上述相同的作用。本实施例中,第一安装部315具有定位单元,以对卡入第一卡槽3111的第一凸出部2101起到定位作用。具体的,定位单元包括一第一弹性臂3112,第一弹性臂3112与第一安装部315之间形成一第一凹槽3113,在所述固定位置时,第一凸出部2101在LED灯具径向的端部卡入所述第一凹槽3113内,以实现对第一绝缘部202的定位固定。第一弹性臂3112上形成一第一阻挡部31121。通过第一弹性臂3112的设置,当第一凸出部2101需要从第一卡槽3111脱出时而转动第一绝缘部202时,需要先克服第一阻挡部31121的阻碍(即需要施力于第一绝缘部202,从而使第一凸出部2101挤压第一弹性臂3112,以使其实现松脱),从而可防止因误操作或碰撞等,导致第一绝缘部202从第一卡槽3111松脱。本实施例中,在所述固定位置时,第一弹性臂3112可施力于第一凸出部2101,以进一步起到紧固第一绝缘部202的作用。第一弹性臂3112可一体成型于所述第一安装部315。第一弹性臂3112可为片状结构,以其自身的材料属性(可采用现有技术中的具有弹性的材质,如塑料或金属)而具有弹性。第一阻挡部31121可通过第一弹性臂3112的弯折(或在第一弹性臂3112设置弯折)而直接成型。As shown in FIGS. 29 to 35 , the outer edge of the first insulating portion 202 is provided with a first protruding portion 2101 , and the first protruding portion 2101 protrudes from the outer edge of the first insulating portion 202 . In this embodiment, the first insulating portion 202 can be configured as a revolving body structure, and a plurality of first protruding portions 2101 can be provided on the outer edge of the first insulating portion 202 along the circumferential direction of the first insulating portion 202 . In this embodiment, a mounting portion 31 is provided on the base 3 , and the mounting portion 31 is provided for mounting the first protruding portion 2101 . Specifically, the mounting portion 31 has a first mounting portion 315 , and the first mounting portion 315 has a first slot 3111 . The first insulating portion 202 has a fixed position and a release position. In the fixed position, the first protruding portion 2101 is clamped into the first slot 3111 to be fixed. In the released position, the first protruding portion 2101 and the The first card slot 3111 is separated. In this embodiment, the first insulating portion 202 is switched between the fixed position and the relaxed position in a rotating form (roughly rotating around the axis of the LED lamp). In this embodiment, both sides of the first card slot 3111 in the axial direction of the LED lamp are closed by the first mounting portion 315 and the base 3 . Therefore, when the first protruding portion 2101 is locked into the first card slot 3111 , the position of the first protruding portion 2101 is limited on both sides in the thickness direction of the LED lamp. In other embodiments, the two sides of the first card slot 3111 in the axial direction of the LED lamp are closed by the structure of the first mounting portion 315 to achieve the same function as above. In this embodiment, the first mounting portion 315 has a positioning unit, so as to play a positioning role for the first protruding portion 2101 inserted into the first locking slot 3111 . Specifically, the positioning unit includes a first elastic arm 3112, and a first groove 3113 is formed between the first elastic arm 3112 and the first mounting portion 315. In the fixed position, the first protruding portion 2101 is in the LED lamp. The radial ends are snapped into the first grooves 3113 to achieve positioning and fixing of the first insulating portion 202 . A first blocking portion 31121 is formed on the first elastic arm 3112 . With the arrangement of the first elastic arm 3112, when the first protruding portion 2101 needs to be disengaged from the first slot 3111 to rotate the first insulating portion 202, the first blocking portion 31121 needs to be overcome (that is, a force needs to be applied to the an insulating portion 202, so that the first protruding portion 2101 presses the first elastic arm 3112 to achieve release), thereby preventing the first insulating portion 202 from slipping from the first card slot due to misoperation or collision, etc. 3111 loose. In this embodiment, in the fixed position, the first elastic arm 3112 can exert force on the first protruding portion 2101 to further play a role of tightening the first insulating portion 202 . The first elastic arm 3112 can be integrally formed on the first mounting portion 315 . The first elastic arm 3112 can be a sheet-like structure, and has elasticity due to its own material properties (a material with elasticity in the prior art, such as plastic or metal) can be used. The first blocking portion 31121 can be directly formed by bending the first elastic arm 3112 (or setting a bending on the first elastic arm 3112 ).
本实施例中,第一安装部315与第二安装部316为一体式构件,第一卡槽3111和第二卡槽3114分别位于该构件的相对的两侧。其他实施例中,第一安装部315与第二安装部316也可以为分体式结构构成(图未示)。In this embodiment, the first mounting portion 315 and the second mounting portion 316 are integral components, and the first engaging slot 3111 and the second engaging slot 3114 are respectively located on opposite sides of the component. In other embodiments, the first mounting portion 315 and the second mounting portion 316 may also be a split structure (not shown).
光电模块2还可采用其他结构与底座3实现连接。如图2和图36所示,一些实施例中,光电模块2采用磁性连接的方式与底座3固定(该实施例中,其他基本结构同前述实施例)。具体的,光电模块2的第一绝缘部202具有第一凸出部2101,第一凸出部2101上设置磁铁2102,而底座3包括铁制成的部分或部件,因此,可通过磁铁2102而直接吸附至底座3上完 成固定。其他实施例中,磁铁也可以设置在不同的位置,如设置在光源模组、电源模组或第二绝缘部上,此处不再赘述。如图37所示,光电模块2还可采用螺纹固定的方式连接至底座3(该实施例中,其他基本结构同前述实施例)。具体的,光电模块2的第一绝缘部202具有第一凸出部2101,第一凸出部2101上设置螺栓2103,螺栓2103与底座3连接,以此完成对光电模组2的固定。其他实施例中,螺栓也可以设置在不同的位置,如设置在光源模组、电源模组或第二绝缘部上,此处不再赘述。于一实施例中,如图38和图39所示,光电模组2还可采用其它的螺纹固定方式连接至底座3,底座3上设有多个通孔3201a,通孔3201可位于一圆周上,光电模组2的第一绝缘部202上设有螺纹孔,螺钉穿过通孔至螺纹孔,从而将光电模组固定于底座上。于一些实施例,如图40所示,底座3上设有多个通孔3201b,通孔3201b可位于一圆周上,通孔3201内放置有螺柱3202,使螺柱3202压铆在底座3上,光电模组2的第一绝缘部202上设有螺孔3203,螺钉穿过螺孔3203至螺柱3202上,从而将光电模组2固定于底座3上。The optoelectronic module 2 may also adopt other structures to be connected to the base 3 . As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 36 , in some embodiments, the optoelectronic module 2 is fixed to the base 3 by means of magnetic connection (in this embodiment, other basic structures are the same as the previous embodiments). Specifically, the first insulating portion 202 of the optoelectronic module 2 has a first protruding portion 2101 on which a magnet 2102 is arranged, and the base 3 includes a part or component made of iron, so the magnet 2102 can Adsorb directly to the base 3 to complete the fixation. In other embodiments, the magnets may also be arranged at different positions, such as arranged on the light source module, the power module or the second insulating portion, which will not be repeated here. As shown in FIG. 37 , the optoelectronic module 2 can also be connected to the base 3 in a screw-fixed manner (in this embodiment, other basic structures are the same as those in the previous embodiment). Specifically, the first insulating portion 202 of the optoelectronic module 2 has a first protruding portion 2101 . The first protruding portion 2101 is provided with bolts 2103 , and the bolts 2103 are connected to the base 3 , thereby completing the fixing of the optoelectronic module 2 . In other embodiments, the bolts may also be arranged at different positions, such as arranged on the light source module, the power module or the second insulating portion, which will not be described herein again. In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 38 and FIG. 39 , the photoelectric module 2 can also be connected to the base 3 by other screw fixing methods. The base 3 is provided with a plurality of through holes 3201a, and the through holes 3201 can be located on a circumference. On the top, the first insulating portion 202 of the photoelectric module 2 is provided with threaded holes, and the screws pass through the through holes to the threaded holes, so as to fix the photoelectric module on the base. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 40 , the base 3 is provided with a plurality of through holes 3201b, the through holes 3201b can be located on a circumference, and the through holes 3201 are placed with studs 3202, so that the studs 3202 are riveted to the base 3. Above, the first insulating portion 202 of the photoelectric module 2 is provided with screw holes 3203 , and the screws pass through the screw holes 3203 to the studs 3202 , thereby fixing the photoelectric module 2 on the base 3 .
图41所示的LED灯具的基本结构同前述实施例的灯具(吸顶灯),所不同的是光电模组2与底座3的具体固定方式,具体地,如图41和42所示,底座3上设有安装部31,安装部31包括固定部314及与固定部314连接的倾斜部317,固定部314包括上限位部3141、与上限位部3141相对设置的下限位部3142,下限位部3142连接倾斜部317,上限位部3141与下限位部3142之间设有连接部3143,连接部3143连接有定位部313,定位部313与倾斜部317的位置相对。光电模组2的一部分边角沿着倾斜部317滑入至下限位部3142后通过定位部313保持固定状态,上限位部3141的表面接触光电模组2的部份表面。The basic structure of the LED lamp shown in FIG. 41 is the same as that of the lamp (ceiling lamp) of the previous embodiment, the difference is the specific fixing method of the photoelectric module 2 and the base 3. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 41 and 42, the base 3 There is a mounting portion 31 on the top, the mounting portion 31 includes a fixing portion 314 and an inclined portion 317 connected to the fixing portion 314, the fixing portion 314 includes an upper limit portion 3141, a lower limit portion 3142 opposite to the upper limit portion 3141, and the lower limit portion 3142 is connected to the inclined portion 317 , a connecting portion 3143 is provided between the upper limit portion 3141 and the lower limit portion 3142 , the connecting portion 3143 is connected with a positioning portion 313 , and the positioning portion 313 is opposite to the inclined portion 317 . A part of the corner of the photoelectric module 2 slides into the lower limit part 3142 along the inclined part 317 and is held in a fixed state by the positioning part 313 .
安装部31的空间位置位于图42所示的笛卡尔坐标系(x,y,z)中,x-y平面平行于下限位部3142的上表面,设倾斜部317与x-y平面的夹角为α,夹角α的范围为0<α≤20°,优选5°<α≤15°;定位部313与x-z平面的夹角为β,夹角β的范围为10°≤β≤50°,优选20°≤β≤40°,通过调节β,可将光源模组固定于安装部中。定位部313上设有弹板3131,弹板3131与x-z方向的夹角γ的范围为28°<γ<68°,优选38°≤γ≤58°,当光电模组出现损坏,需要进行更换时,可将光电模组从固定部中滑出,通过设计γ,可使使用者便捷的更换光电模组,提高工作效率。设定位部313在z轴方向上的最大长度为L1,光电模组2滑入至下限位部3142时,光电模组2在z轴方向上的最小长度为L2,L1与L2之和大于上限位部3141至下限位部3142的距离D,以此使得光电模组的固定效果更佳。The spatial position of the mounting portion 31 is located in the Cartesian coordinate system (x, y, z) shown in FIG. 42, the xy plane is parallel to the upper surface of the lower limit portion 3142, and the angle between the inclined portion 317 and the xy plane is α, The range of the included angle α is 0<α≤20°, preferably 5°<α≤15°; the included angle between the positioning portion 313 and the xz plane is β, and the range of the included angle β is 10°≤β≤50°, preferably 20° °≤β≤40°, by adjusting β, the light source module can be fixed in the installation part. The positioning part 313 is provided with a spring plate 3131. The angle γ between the spring plate 3131 and the xz direction is in the range of 28°<γ<68°, preferably 38°≤γ≤58°. When the photoelectric module is damaged, it needs to be replaced When , the photoelectric module can be slid out of the fixed part, and by designing γ, the user can easily replace the photoelectric module and improve the work efficiency. The maximum length of the setting portion 313 in the z-axis direction is L1, and when the photoelectric module 2 slides into the lower limit portion 3142, the minimum length of the photoelectric module 2 in the z-axis direction is L2, and the sum of L1 and L2 is greater than The distance D from the upper limit part 3141 to the lower limit part 3142 makes the fixing effect of the photoelectric module better.
于一实施例中,如图43和图44所示,提供一种LED灯具,该LED灯具的基本结构同前述实施例的灯具(吸顶灯)。所不同的是光电模组2及底座3的具体固定方式。具体的,参见图43和图44,本实施例中的光电模组2上设有安装孔28,安装孔28可位于光电模组2的 两端,底座3上设有安装部31,安装孔28的数量与安装部31的数量相同,安装部31包括支撑部311与固定于支撑部311上的扣件部312,扣件部312包括伸缩部3121和限位部3122,光电模组安装时,将光电模组2上的安装孔28对准扣件部312,然后给光电模组2施加力,使伸缩部3121受力压缩进入光电模组2的安装孔28中,进而光电模组2卡入伸缩部3121与限位部3122之间的空隙中。安装孔28的高度不小于伸缩部3121与限位部3122之间的最小距离,优选安装孔28的高度等于伸缩部3121与限位部3122之间的最小距离,运输过程中光电模组不会出现晃动,光电模组的固定效果佳。安装完成后如图44所示,采用这种安装方式,操作方法简单,方便使用者进行安装,提高工作效率,而且固定效果佳,生产成本低,适于产业化。In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 43 and FIG. 44 , an LED lamp is provided, and the basic structure of the LED lamp is the same as that of the lamp (ceiling lamp) of the foregoing embodiment. The difference is the specific fixing method of the photoelectric module 2 and the base 3 . Specifically, referring to FIG. 43 and FIG. 44 , the photoelectric module 2 in this embodiment is provided with mounting holes 28 . The mounting holes 28 may be located at both ends of the photoelectric module 2 , and the base 3 is provided with mounting portions 31 . The mounting holes The number of 28 is the same as that of the mounting portion 31. The mounting portion 31 includes a support portion 311 and a fastener portion 312 fixed on the support portion 311. The fastener portion 312 includes a telescopic portion 3121 and a limit portion 3122. , align the mounting hole 28 on the photoelectric module 2 with the fastener part 312, and then apply force to the photoelectric module 2, so that the telescopic part 3121 is compressed into the installation hole 28 of the photoelectric module 2, and then the photoelectric module 2 It is clipped into the gap between the telescopic portion 3121 and the limiting portion 3122 . The height of the mounting hole 28 is not less than the minimum distance between the telescopic part 3121 and the limiting part 3122, preferably the height of the mounting hole 28 is equal to the minimum distance between the telescopic part 3121 and the limiting part 3122, and the photoelectric module will not be damaged during transportation. If shaking occurs, the fixing effect of the photoelectric module is good. After the installation is completed, as shown in Figure 44, using this installation method, the operation method is simple, the installation is convenient for users, the work efficiency is improved, and the fixing effect is good, the production cost is low, and it is suitable for industrialization.
参见图29至图35,安装部31还包括第二安装部316,已提供对灯罩1的固定。具体的,灯罩1具有壁部11,且灯罩1可设置为回转体结构。壁部11具有边缘,壁部11的边缘设置第二凸出部1101,第二凸出部1101相对壁部11的边缘向灯罩1的径向的内侧凸部。第二凸出部1101可沿灯罩1的周向而设置多个。第二安装部316具有一第二卡槽3114。当灯罩1固定至底座3时,第二凸出部1101卡入第二卡槽3114固定。本实施例中,灯罩1以转动的形式(大致为绕LED灯具轴线而转动)将第二凸出部1101卡入第二卡槽3114或从第二卡槽3114松脱。本实施例中,第二卡槽3114在LED灯具的轴向方向上的两侧通过第二安装部316与底座3而封闭,因此,当第二凸出部1101卡入第二卡槽3114后,第二凸出部1101在LED灯具厚度方向上的两侧受限位。其他实施例中,第二卡槽3114在LED灯具的轴向方向上的两侧通过第二安装部316的自身的结构而封闭,以达到上述相同的作用。本实施例中,第二安装部316具有定位单元,以对卡入第二卡槽3114的第二凸出部1101起到定位作用。具体的,定位单元包括一第二弹性臂3115,第二弹性臂3115与第二安装部316之间形成一第二凹槽3116,在所述固定位置时,第二凸出部1101在LED灯具径向的端部卡入所述第二凹槽3116内,以实现对灯罩1的定位固定。第二弹性臂3115上形成一第二阻挡部31151。通过第二弹性臂3115的设置,当第二凸出部1101需要从第二卡槽3114脱出时而转动灯罩1时,需要先克服第二阻挡部31151的阻碍(即需要施力于灯罩1,从而使第二凸出部1101挤压第二弹性臂3115,以使其实现松脱),从而可防止因误操作或碰撞等,导致灯罩1从第二卡槽3114松脱。本实施例中,灯罩1固定时,第二弹性臂3115可施力于第二凸出部1101,以进一步起到紧固灯罩1的作用。第二弹性臂3115可一体成型于所述第二安装部316。第二弹性臂3115可为片状结构,以其自身的材料属性(可采用现有技术中的具有弹性的材质,如塑料或金属)而具有弹性。第二阻挡部31151可通过第二弹性臂3115的弯折(或在第二弹性臂3115设置弯折)而直接成型。Referring to FIGS. 29 to 35 , the mounting portion 31 further includes a second mounting portion 316 , which has been provided for fixing the lampshade 1 . Specifically, the lampshade 1 has a wall portion 11, and the lampshade 1 can be configured as a revolving body structure. The wall portion 11 has an edge, and the edge of the wall portion 11 is provided with a second protruding portion 1101 . A plurality of second protruding portions 1101 may be provided along the circumferential direction of the lampshade 1 . The second mounting portion 316 has a second slot 3114 . When the lampshade 1 is fixed to the base 3 , the second protruding portion 1101 is snapped into the second snap groove 3114 to be fixed. In this embodiment, the lampshade 1 locks the second protrusion 1101 into the second slot 3114 or loosens it from the second slot 3114 in the form of rotation (roughly around the axis of the LED lamp). In this embodiment, the two sides of the second slot 3114 in the axial direction of the LED lamp are closed by the second mounting portion 316 and the base 3 . Therefore, when the second protruding portion 1101 is locked into the second slot 3114 , the position of the second protruding portion 1101 is limited on both sides in the thickness direction of the LED lamp. In other embodiments, the two sides of the second card slot 3114 in the axial direction of the LED lamp are closed by the structure of the second mounting portion 316 to achieve the same function as above. In this embodiment, the second mounting portion 316 has a positioning unit, so as to play a positioning role for the second protruding portion 1101 that is snapped into the second locking slot 3114 . Specifically, the positioning unit includes a second elastic arm 3115, and a second groove 3116 is formed between the second elastic arm 3115 and the second mounting portion 316. In the fixed position, the second protruding portion 1101 is in the LED lamp. The radial end is snapped into the second groove 3116 to achieve the positioning and fixation of the lampshade 1 . A second blocking portion 31151 is formed on the second elastic arm 3115 . With the arrangement of the second elastic arm 3115, when the second protruding portion 1101 needs to be disengaged from the second slot 3114 to rotate the lampshade 1, it is necessary to overcome the obstruction of the second blocking portion 31151 (that is, the lampshade 1 needs to be forced to be applied to thereby The second protruding portion 1101 is pressed against the second elastic arm 3115 to be released), thereby preventing the lampshade 1 from being released from the second slot 3114 due to misoperation or collision. In this embodiment, when the lampshade 1 is fixed, the second elastic arm 3115 can exert force on the second protruding portion 1101 , so as to further tighten the lampshade 1 . The second elastic arm 3115 can be integrally formed on the second mounting portion 316 . The second elastic arm 3115 can be a sheet-like structure, and has elasticity due to its own material properties (a material with elasticity in the prior art, such as plastic or metal) can be used. The second blocking portion 31151 can be directly formed by bending the second elastic arm 3115 (or setting the bending at the second elastic arm 3115 ).
本申请中的灯罩1可采用不同的结构,参见图1至图51,一实施例中,灯罩1具有平滑的弯曲表面以防止灯罩截面的折射率差异而导致光分布不均匀。一实施例中,灯罩1包括中央部和环绕中央部的周边部,灯罩1具有光扩散层,光扩散层包含光扩散粒子,中央部中光扩散粒子的密度大于周边部中光扩散粒子的密度,以使灯具中央与周边的亮度均匀。一实施例中,灯罩1具有多个扩散区域,其中一扩散区域与光电模组2在z轴方向上重叠,可以改善灯具闪光。一实施例中,灯罩1的内表面或外表面可设有增亮膜,对光源模组2发出的光进行光能分配,从而实现LED灯具出光均匀,避免产生眩光。此处的内表面与外表面为相对位置,灯罩1的内表面为靠近光电模组2的表面。一实施例中,灯罩1上设有通孔,用于将灯罩1安装到底座3上的安装螺钉游隙地插入到灯罩1的通孔中,并且被拧到底座3上,由此,即使灯罩和底座由于因灯具的开闭引起的温度变化而膨胀或收缩,也可以通过游隙减小由膨胀或收缩产生的应力,可以防止灯罩和器具破裂或产生噪音。The lampshade 1 in the present application can adopt different structures. Referring to FIG. 1 to FIG. 51 , in one embodiment, the lampshade 1 has a smooth curved surface to prevent uneven light distribution caused by the difference in refractive index of the lampshade section. In one embodiment, the lampshade 1 includes a central portion and a peripheral portion surrounding the central portion, the lampshade 1 has a light diffusing layer, the light diffusing layer contains light diffusing particles, and the density of the light diffusing particles in the central portion is greater than that in the peripheral portion. , so that the brightness of the center and periphery of the lamp is uniform. In one embodiment, the lampshade 1 has a plurality of diffusion regions, wherein a diffusion region overlaps with the photoelectric module 2 in the z-axis direction, which can improve the flashing of the lamp. In one embodiment, the inner surface or the outer surface of the lampshade 1 may be provided with a brightness enhancement film to distribute the light energy of the light emitted by the light source module 2, so as to achieve uniform light output from the LED lamp and avoid glare. Here, the inner surface and the outer surface are relative positions, and the inner surface of the lampshade 1 is the surface close to the photoelectric module 2 . In one embodiment, the lampshade 1 is provided with through holes, and the mounting screws used to mount the lampshade 1 to the base 3 are inserted into the through holes of the lampshade 1 and screwed to the base 3, so that even if the lampshade 1 The expansion or contraction of the base and the base due to the temperature change caused by the opening and closing of the lamp can also reduce the stress caused by the expansion or contraction through the clearance, which can prevent the lampshade and the appliance from cracking or generating noise.
在其他实施例中,灯罩1与第一绝缘部202之间可设有导光板,导光板例如是透明的丙烯树脂成型体,导光板可采用不同结构,一实施例中,导光板的端部(靠近底座3边缘的一端)的发光强度为LED芯片2201主发光方向上发光强度(最大发光强度)的30%所对应角度的发光强度;一实施例中,导光板覆盖电路板201,导光板具有非对称第一弯曲部及第二弯曲部,LED芯片2201发出的光一部分导向第一弯曲部,一部分导向第二弯曲部,从而使灯具发光均匀;一实施例中,导光板的表面可形成有点状的散射体,以实现发光面发光均匀;一实施例中,导光板包括把来自LED芯片2201发出的光导向导光板的外周的主导光部及朝向灯具中央部分引导和发散来自LED芯片2201的光的辅助导光部;一实施例中,导光板包括引入光至灯具内部的引入单元及将光引导至灯具外部的的导出单元,可抑制导光板的亮度不均匀和眩光;一实施例中,导光板具有内侧面及与之相对应的外侧面,内侧面的曲率半径大于外侧面的曲率半径,可抑制灯罩上出现亮斑;一实施例中,电路板上设有多组LED芯片组221,LED芯片组221包括多个LED芯片2201,LED芯片2201的发光面朝向导光板的入射端面,多个LED芯片组221在电路板201的长度方向上配置为直线状,从电路板201长度方向的端缘朝向中心线依次以直线状安装着第一LED芯片组、第二LED芯片组、第三LED芯片组,设电路板201的端缘与第一LED芯片组之间为第一相离尺寸L1,第一LED芯片组与第二LED芯片组之间为第二相离尺寸L2,第二LED芯片组与第三LED芯片组之间为第三相离尺寸L3,L1<L2<L3,导光板不易产生暗部;一实施例中,导光板具有透光性基材,透光性基材的主表面上设有多个凹棱镜部,凹棱镜部覆盖有涂层,防止尘埃累积在主表面和棱镜部内,涂层厚度足够小,可以抑制导光板的光学性能下降。上述导光板的设置可与前述电路板上LED芯片的排列不相互排斥的情况搭配组合。In other embodiments, a light guide plate may be provided between the lampshade 1 and the first insulating portion 202. The light guide plate is, for example, a transparent acrylic resin molded body. The light guide plate may adopt different structures. The luminous intensity (the end near the edge of the base 3) is the luminous intensity of the angle corresponding to 30% of the luminous intensity (maximum luminous intensity) in the main luminous direction of the LED chip 2201; in one embodiment, the light guide plate covers the circuit board 201, and the light guide plate It has an asymmetrical first curved portion and a second curved portion. A part of the light emitted by the LED chip 2201 is directed to the first curved portion, and a portion of the light is directed to the second curved portion, so that the lamp can emit light evenly; in one embodiment, the surface of the light guide plate can be formed Dot-shaped diffusers to achieve uniform light emission on the light-emitting surface; in one embodiment, the light guide plate includes a main light portion that guides the light emitted from the LED chip 2201 to the periphery of the light guide plate, and guides and scatters the light from the LED chip 2201 toward the central portion of the lamp. Auxiliary light guide part for light; in one embodiment, the light guide plate includes an introduction unit that introduces light into the interior of the lamp and a lead-out unit that guides light to the outside of the lamp, which can suppress uneven brightness and glare of the light guide plate; in one embodiment , the light guide plate has an inner side and a corresponding outer side, and the radius of curvature of the inner side is larger than that of the outer side, which can prevent bright spots from appearing on the lampshade; in one embodiment, there are multiple groups of LED chips on the circuit board. 221. The LED chip set 221 includes a plurality of LED chips 2201. The light-emitting surface of the LED chips 2201 faces the incident end face of the light guide plate. The first LED chip group, the second LED chip group, and the third LED chip group are installed in a straight line in order from the edge of the direction toward the center line. The first phase is set between the edge of the circuit board 201 and the first LED chip group. The distance between the first LED chip group and the second LED chip group is the second distance L2, the distance between the second LED chip group and the third LED chip group is the third distance L3, L1<L2< L3, the light guide plate is not easy to produce dark parts; in one embodiment, the light guide plate has a light-transmitting base material, a plurality of concave prism parts are arranged on the main surface of the light-transmitting base material, and the concave prism parts are covered with a coating to prevent dust accumulation In the main surface and within the prism portion, the coating thickness is sufficiently small to suppress the degradation of the optical performance of the light guide plate. The arrangement of the above-mentioned light guide plate can be combined with the arrangement of the aforementioned LED chips on the circuit board that are not mutually exclusive.
于一实施例中,电路板201为环状,例如前述实施例中光电模组2b的电路板201,灯罩1与第一绝缘部202之间可设有导光板,LED芯片2201的发光面朝向灯具的中央,导光板可采用不同的结构,一实施例中,导光板的厚度呈倾斜状,其厚度从外周部向中央部逐渐减少,使导光板亮度均匀;一实施例中,电路板201上设有第一LED芯片组、第二LED芯片组,第一LED芯片组从第一导光板的入射端面入射,第二LED芯片组从第二导光板的入射端面入射,入射的光朝第一导光板、第二导光板的上表面及下表面出射,第一导光板、第二导光板沿其厚度方向具有透光性,以使灯具具有三维的发光效果;一实施例中,环形电路板201上依次覆盖反射罩、导光板和集光罩,导光板的凸起部插入反射罩的凹入部,集光罩具有覆盖在导光板内部的出射面的透镜区,透镜区与导光板上的凹入的反射部位于光学相对的位置,使灯具发出的光具有窄取向。In one embodiment, the circuit board 201 is annular, such as the circuit board 201 of the optoelectronic module 2b in the foregoing embodiment, a light guide plate may be provided between the lampshade 1 and the first insulating portion 202, and the light-emitting surface of the LED chip 2201 faces In the center of the lamp, the light guide plate can adopt different structures. In one embodiment, the thickness of the light guide plate is inclined, and its thickness gradually decreases from the peripheral part to the center part, so that the brightness of the light guide plate is uniform; in one embodiment, the circuit board 201 There are a first LED chip group and a second LED chip group on it, the first LED chip group is incident from the incident end face of the first light guide plate, the second LED chip group is incident from the incident end face of the second light guide plate, and the incident light is directed toward the first light guide plate. The upper and lower surfaces of a light guide plate and a second light guide plate emit light, and the first light guide plate and the second light guide plate have light transmittance along their thickness directions, so that the lamp has a three-dimensional lighting effect; in one embodiment, the ring circuit The plate 201 is sequentially covered with a reflector, a light guide plate and a light collecting cover. The convex part of the light guide plate is inserted into the concave part of the reflecting cover. The light collecting cover has a lens area covering the exit surface inside the light guide plate. The lens area and the light guide plate The concave reflectors are located in optically opposite positions, so that the light emitted by the luminaire has a narrow orientation.
本申请LED灯具中的底座可采用不同的结构,图45是本申请LED灯具中底座的一实施例的结构示意图,底座位于一空间直角坐标系(x,y,z)内,其中z轴与LED灯具的中心轴平行,底座3为圆盘状,例如利用铝板或者钢板等制成,如图45和图46所示,底座3的中央部分形成有孔洞33,孔洞33的周围形成有支撑部34及边缘部35,支撑部34与边缘部35之间具有间隔,间隔沿z轴负方向延伸形成凹槽部36,支撑部34与边缘部35在z轴正方向上处于同一位置,当然在其它实施例中,支撑部34与边缘部35在z轴正方向上处于不同的位置,例如,支撑部34在z轴正方向上的高度大于边缘部35。光电模块2具有上表面及与上表面相对的下表面,光电模组2的下表面远离灯罩1,灯罩1的下表面与支撑部34呈面接触的状态,从而将光电模组产生的热量通过底座传递出去,提高散热速度。其它实施例中,光电模组2与支撑部34不是成完全贴合的面接触状态,光电模组2与支撑部34之间会存在一部分的间隙,可在间隙中填充一些导热胶层,LED芯片2201产生的在工作时产生的热量能够通过电路板201以及导热胶层快速快递至底座3上,提高了散热能力。The bases in the LED lamps of the present application can adopt different structures. FIG. 45 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the bases in the LED lamps of the present application. The bases are located in a space rectangular coordinate system (x, y, z), where the z-axis and the The central axis of the LED lamp is parallel, and the base 3 is disc-shaped, for example, made of aluminum plate or steel plate. 34 and the edge part 35, there is a gap between the support part 34 and the edge part 35, the gap extends along the negative direction of the z-axis to form a groove part 36, the support part 34 and the edge part 35 are in the same position in the positive direction of the z-axis, of course, in other In the embodiment, the support portion 34 and the edge portion 35 are located at different positions in the positive z-axis direction. For example, the height of the support portion 34 in the positive z-axis direction is greater than that of the edge portion 35 . The photoelectric module 2 has an upper surface and a lower surface opposite to the upper surface, the lower surface of the photoelectric module 2 is away from the lampshade 1, and the lower surface of the lampshade 1 is in surface contact with the support portion 34, so that the heat generated by the photoelectric module passes through The base is passed out to improve the heat dissipation speed. In other embodiments, the optoelectronic module 2 and the support portion 34 are not in a fully attached surface contact state, and there will be a part of the gap between the optoelectronic module 2 and the support portion 34, and some thermally conductive adhesive layers can be filled in the gap. The heat generated by the chip 2201 during operation can be quickly delivered to the base 3 through the circuit board 201 and the thermally conductive adhesive layer, thereby improving the heat dissipation capability.
于一实施例中,底座3上可设有亮度传感器,且亮度传感器的安装位置设置在未有灯具的直射光照射的位置,根据外部光线引起的亮度增加来连续调节灯具的照明条件,以实现节能和减少环境负荷,同时适当地抑制过度的电力消耗。一实施例中,底座3上设有加强筋,从而增加底座强度,降低了底座的厚度。In one embodiment, a brightness sensor may be provided on the base 3, and the installation position of the brightness sensor is set at a position where there is no direct light from the lamp, and the lighting conditions of the lamp are continuously adjusted according to the increase in brightness caused by the external light, so as to achieve Save energy and reduce environmental load while appropriately suppressing excessive power consumption. In one embodiment, the base 3 is provided with reinforcing ribs, thereby increasing the strength of the base and reducing the thickness of the base.
使用者一般通过遥控器设置了唤醒使用者的时间,为了确定灯具已经接收到遥控器的信号,现在一般是通过蜂鸣器的电子声音提醒使用者,但蜂鸣器一般是配置在双侧配线的电路板上,对于单侧配线的电路板,声音发生元件则需安装在电路板靠近天花板的一侧,由于电路板等阻隔,声音发生元件发出的声音传播至使用者时音量较小,一实施例中,底座3上设有面对电路板201设置的对置部,电路板201上设有与对置部相对应的开口,声音发生元件 安装在与LED芯片2201不同侧的表面上,声音发生元件产生声音时,声音由对置部反射后通过开口传播,确保使用者能获得期望的音量。The user usually sets the time to wake up the user through the remote control. In order to confirm that the lamp has received the signal from the remote control, the electronic sound of the buzzer is generally used to remind the user, but the buzzer is generally configured on both sides. For the circuit board with wiring on one side, the sound generating element needs to be installed on the side of the circuit board close to the ceiling. Due to the blockage of the circuit board, the sound emitted by the sound generating element is transmitted to the user at a low volume. In one embodiment, the base 3 is provided with an opposite portion facing the circuit board 201, the circuit board 201 is provided with an opening corresponding to the opposite portion, and the sound generating element is installed on the surface of the different side from the LED chip 2201 On the other hand, when the sound generating element generates sound, the sound is reflected by the opposite part and then propagates through the opening, so as to ensure that the user can obtain the desired volume.
图47是本申请光电模组的一实施例的结构示意图,参见图45至图48,光电模组2在相对于凹槽36的位置处设有电源模组23,电源模组23包括第一电源模组231与第二电源模组232,第二电源模组232在Z轴正方向上的高度大于LED芯片2201的高度,吸顶灯安装完成后,第二电源模组232位于底座的凹槽部36中,优选第二绝缘部203与凹槽部36的侧壁相接触,增加接触面积,提高导热能力。因在底座上不需要例如用于收纳第二电源模组的收纳空间,从而将LED灯具变薄(即在Z轴方向上的高度缩短),降低包装及库存成本,此外,光电模组能够远离灯罩,使光源模组到达灯罩的边缘的光量增加。换言之,在平面视灯罩的情况下,能够使灯罩的边缘照亮地很明亮。其结果是,例如从LED灯具发出的光,能够照射更广的范围。47 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the optoelectronic module of the present application. Referring to FIGS. 45 to 48 , the optoelectronic module 2 is provided with a power module 23 at a position relative to the groove 36 , and the power module 23 includes a first The power module 231 and the second power module 232. The height of the second power module 232 in the positive direction of the Z axis is greater than the height of the LED chip 2201. After the ceiling lamp is installed, the second power module 232 is located in the groove of the base. In 36, it is preferable that the second insulating portion 203 is in contact with the side wall of the groove portion 36 to increase the contact area and improve the thermal conductivity. Since there is no need for a storage space such as a second power module on the base, the LED lamp can be thinned (that is, the height in the Z-axis direction is shortened), and the cost of packaging and inventory is reduced. In addition, the photoelectric module can be kept away from The lampshade increases the amount of light from the light source module reaching the edge of the lampshade. In other words, when the lampshade is viewed in plan, the edge of the lampshade can be brightly illuminated. As a result, light emitted from, for example, LED lamps can be irradiated over a wider range.
图49本申请LED灯具一实施例的结构示意图,参见图49、图50A至图50B、图51及图52A至图52C,光源模组包括第一芯片区2211和第二芯片区2212,至少一部分电源模组23位于第一芯片区2211与第二芯片区2212之间。在一些实施例中,电路板201包括相对的第一面2011和第二面2012,第一面2011上设有第一芯片区2211和第二芯片区2212,第一芯片区2211和第二芯片区2212包括至少一个LED芯片2201,电源模组23包括第一电源模组231和第二电源模组232,分别位于电路板201的第一面2011和第二面2012上,第一电源模组231在电路板201的径向方向位于第一芯片区2211与第二芯片区2212之间(第一电源模组231也位于第一面2011上),电源模组23包括供电单元3a、升压单元3b、降压单元3c,供电单元3a包括第一驱动元件3a1,降压单元3c包括第二驱动元件3c1,升压单元3b包括第三驱动元件3b1,第一驱动元件3a1、第二驱动元件3c1及第三驱动元件3b1位于电路板201的第一面2011,LED灯具点亮t(t≥0.5)小时后,第一驱动元件3a1的温度、第三驱动元件3b1的温度小于第二驱动元件3c1的温度,优选第一驱动元件3a1的温度小于第三驱动元件3b1的温度,即第一驱动元件3a1的温度<第三驱动元件3b1的温度<第二驱动元件3c1的温度。第二驱动元件3c1相较于第一驱动元件3a1靠近第二芯片区2212,第三驱动元件3b1相较于第二驱动元件3c1远离第二芯片区2212,电源模组中的驱动元件分散设计,降低其热量对第一芯片区及第二芯片区的影响。49 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an LED lamp of the present application. Referring to FIGS. 49 , 50A to 50B, 51 and 52A to 52C, the light source module includes a first chip area 2211 and a second chip area 2212, at least a part of which is The power module 23 is located between the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212 . In some embodiments, the circuit board 201 includes a first side 2011 and a second side 2012 opposite to each other, and the first side 2011 is provided with a first chip area 2211 and a second chip area 2212 , and the first chip area 2211 and the second chip The area 2212 includes at least one LED chip 2201, and the power module 23 includes a first power module 231 and a second power module 232, which are respectively located on the first side 2011 and the second side 2012 of the circuit board 201. The first power module 231 is located between the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212 in the radial direction of the circuit board 201 (the first power module 231 is also located on the first side 2011 ), and the power module 23 includes a power supply unit 3a, a booster unit 3b, step-down unit 3c, power supply unit 3a includes a first drive element 3a1, step-down unit 3c includes a second drive element 3c1, boost unit 3b includes a third drive element 3b1, first drive element 3a1, second drive element 3c1 and the third driving element 3b1 are located on the first surface 2011 of the circuit board 201. After the LED lamp is turned on for t (t≥0.5) hours, the temperature of the first driving element 3a1 and the temperature of the third driving element 3b1 are lower than that of the second driving element The temperature of 3c1, preferably the temperature of the first driving element 3a1 is lower than the temperature of the third driving element 3b1, that is, the temperature of the first driving element 3a1<the temperature of the third driving element 3b1<the temperature of the second driving element 3c1. The second driving element 3c1 is closer to the second chip area 2212 than the first driving element 3a1, and the third driving element 3b1 is farther away from the second chip area 2212 than the second driving element 3c1. The driving elements in the power module are designed to be dispersed. Reduce the influence of its heat on the first chip area and the second chip area.
在本实施例中,第一芯片区2211具有相对的第一边缘S1与第二边缘S2,第一边缘S1靠近LED灯具的中心轴,第一芯片区2211中靠近第一电源模组231的至少两个LED芯片2201的表面与第二边缘S2相接触,第二芯片区2212具有相对的第三边缘S3与第四边缘S4,第二边缘S2位于第一边缘S1与第三边缘S3之间,第三边缘S3位于第二边缘S2与第四边缘 S4之间,第一边缘S1、第二边缘S2、第三边缘S3与第四边缘S4分别所围成的图形(例如圆形、椭圆形等)的周长依次为C1、C2、C3及C4,C1<C2<C3<C4。第二芯片区2212中靠近第一电源模组231的至少两个LED芯片2201的表面与第三边缘S3相接触,第一边缘S1至第二边缘S2的距离为d1,第一边缘S1与第三边缘S3的距离为d2,第一边缘S1与第四边缘S4的距离为d3,d1+d2<d3,优选2d1+d2<d3,第一芯片区靠近电路板的中央部分,可有效减少灯具的中央部分暗区,此外第一芯片区远离第一电源模组,降低了第一电源模组对第一芯片组的影响。In this embodiment, the first chip area 2211 has a first edge S1 and a second edge S2 opposite to each other, the first edge S1 is close to the central axis of the LED lamp, and at least one of the first chip area 2211 close to the first power module 231 The surfaces of the two LED chips 2201 are in contact with the second edge S2, the second chip area 2212 has a third edge S3 and a fourth edge S4 opposite to each other, and the second edge S2 is located between the first edge S1 and the third edge S3, The third edge S3 is located between the second edge S2 and the fourth edge S4, and the first edge S1, the second edge S2, the third edge S3 and the fourth edge S4 respectively form a figure (such as a circle, an ellipse, etc.) ) in the order of C1, C2, C3 and C4, C1<C2<C3<C4. The surfaces of at least two LED chips 2201 in the second chip area 2212 close to the first power module 231 are in contact with the third edge S3, the distance from the first edge S1 to the second edge S2 is d1, and the first edge S1 and the third edge S3 are in contact with each other. The distance between the three edges S3 is d2, the distance between the first edge S1 and the fourth edge S4 is d3, d1+d2<d3, preferably 2d1+d2<d3, the first chip area is close to the central part of the circuit board, which can effectively reduce the number of lamps In addition, the first chip area is far away from the first power module, which reduces the influence of the first power module on the first chip set.
第一绝缘部202与底座3之间形成第二容置空间,第二容置空间位于第一容置空间内,电路板201位于第二容置空间内,第一绝缘部202包括光处理单元202b和隔离单元202c。光源模组发光时,一部分光或全部光会经过光处理单元202b,光处理单元202b用以控制LED灯具的出光均匀性。隔离单元202c包括第一区202c1及第二区202c2,光处理单元202b连接第一区202c1与第二区202c2,在第一绝缘部202的径向方向上,第一区202c1及第二区202c2相对设置。一实施例中,第二区202c2的延伸方向与LED灯具中心轴的方向存在交叉,这种倾斜设计可使第二区的受力面积增大,抗形变能力增大,优选,第二区202c2与LED灯具中心轴方向的夹角为0度至80度,优选第二区202c2与LED灯具中心轴方向的夹角为30度至60度。A second accommodating space is formed between the first insulating portion 202 and the base 3 , the second accommodating space is located in the first accommodating space, the circuit board 201 is located in the second accommodating space, and the first insulating portion 202 includes a light processing unit 202b and isolation unit 202c. When the light source module emits light, some or all of the light will pass through the light processing unit 202b, and the light processing unit 202b is used to control the uniformity of the light output of the LED lamps. The isolation unit 202c includes a first area 202c1 and a second area 202c2, the light processing unit 202b connects the first area 202c1 and the second area 202c2, and in the radial direction of the first insulating portion 202, the first area 202c1 and the second area 202c2 Relative settings. In one embodiment, the extending direction of the second area 202c2 intersects with the direction of the central axis of the LED lamp. This inclined design can increase the force-bearing area of the second area and increase the resistance to deformation. Preferably, the second area 202c2 The included angle with the central axis direction of the LED lamp is 0 degrees to 80 degrees, and preferably, the included angle between the second region 202c2 and the central axis direction of the LED lamp is 30 degrees to 60 degrees.
第一绝缘部202上设有至少一个固定单元,固定单元用以固定电路板201,固定单元例如可为卡扣、螺纹连接等固定形式,一实施例中,固定单元2027位于光处理单元202b与隔离单元202c之间。The first insulating portion 202 is provided with at least one fixing unit. The fixing unit is used to fix the circuit board 201. The fixing unit may be a fixing form such as a buckle or a screw connection. between the isolation units 202c.
图53A是一实施例的光电模组的示意图,请参考如图53A至图53H所示,固定单元包括至少一个第一固定单元2027a和/或至少一个第二固定单元2027b,第一固定单元2027a与第二固定单元2027b可采用相同的结构,当然,在一些实施例中,第一固定单元2027a与第二固定单元2027b可采用不同的结构。本实施例中,第一固定单元2027a位于第二区202c2与光处理单元202b之间,第二固定单元2027b位于第一区202c1与光处理单元202b之间,电路板201包括相对的第一侧部201b与第二侧部201c,上述实施例中第一边缘S1可对应为第一侧部201b,第四边缘S4可对应为第二侧部201c。第一芯片区2211和第二芯片区2212位于第一侧部201b与第二侧部201c之间,第一固定单元2027a向靠近LED灯具的中心轴延伸,第二固定单元2027b朝远离LED灯具中心轴的方向延伸,第一固定单元2027a包括第一固定面2027a1,电路板201位于第一固定面2027a1与第一绝缘部202之间,从而固定电路板201的第二侧部201c,第二固定单元2027b包括第二固定面2027b1,电路板201位于第二固定面2027b1与第一绝缘部202之间,从而固定电路板201的第一侧部201b,电路板201的 两侧通过固定单元固定于第一绝缘部202中,从而提高了电路板的稳固性。本实施例中,第一固定面2027a1与第二固定面2027b1位于同一水平面上,但不以此为限。第一固定单元2027a与第二固定单元2027b之间的间距小于第一侧部201b与第二侧部201c之间的距离,从而对电路板提供稳固的支撑,在一些实施例中,第一固定面2027a1、第二固定面2027b1与电路板201相接触,第一固定单元2027a、第二固定单元2027b与电路板201相接触的部分的硬度大于其它未与电路板201接触的部分,可以增加对电路板的固定效果。53A is a schematic diagram of an optoelectronic module according to an embodiment. Please refer to FIGS. 53A to 53H . The fixing unit includes at least one first fixing unit 2027a and/or at least one second fixing unit 2027b. The first fixing unit 2027a The same structure as the second fixing unit 2027b may be adopted. Of course, in some embodiments, the first fixing unit 2027a and the second fixing unit 2027b may adopt different structures. In this embodiment, the first fixing unit 2027a is located between the second area 202c2 and the optical processing unit 202b, the second fixing unit 2027b is located between the first area 202c1 and the optical processing unit 202b, and the circuit board 201 includes the opposite first side The portion 201b and the second side portion 201c, in the above embodiment, the first edge S1 may correspond to the first side portion 201b, and the fourth edge S4 may correspond to the second side portion 201c. The first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212 are located between the first side portion 201b and the second side portion 201c, the first fixing unit 2027a extends toward the central axis of the LED lamp, and the second fixing unit 2027b extends away from the center of the LED lamp The first fixing unit 2027a includes a first fixing surface 2027a1, and the circuit board 201 is located between the first fixing surface 2027a1 and the first insulating portion 202, thereby fixing the second side portion 201c of the circuit board 201, and the second fixing The unit 2027b includes a second fixing surface 2027b1, and the circuit board 201 is located between the second fixing surface 2027b1 and the first insulating portion 202, so as to fix the first side portion 201b of the circuit board 201, and both sides of the circuit board 201 are fixed on the fixing unit by the fixing unit. In the first insulating portion 202, the stability of the circuit board is improved. In this embodiment, the first fixing surface 2027a1 and the second fixing surface 2027b1 are located on the same horizontal plane, but not limited thereto. The distance between the first fixing unit 2027a and the second fixing unit 2027b is smaller than the distance between the first side portion 201b and the second side portion 201c, so as to provide a stable support for the circuit board. In some embodiments, the first fixing unit The surface 2027a1 and the second fixing surface 2027b1 are in contact with the circuit board 201. The hardness of the parts of the first fixing unit 2027a and the second fixing unit 2027b that are in contact with the circuit board 201 is greater than that of other parts that are not in contact with the circuit board 201. The effect of fixing the circuit board.
在其它实施例中,可只采用第一固定单元2027a或第二固定单元2027b对电路板201进行固定,如图50A至图50B、图51及图52A至图52C,本实施例中,只采用第一固定单元2027a对电路板201进行固定,上述提及的第一固定单元2027a的结构这里不重复叙述。第一绝缘部202上设有第三开口2025c,第三开口2025c与第一固定面2027a1相连接,电路板201位于第一固定单元2027a与第一绝缘部202之间,并且第一绝缘部202暴露出一部分电路板201,可散发第二芯片区产生的一部分热量,从而降低电路板第一面上的电子元件的温度。In other embodiments, only the first fixing unit 2027a or the second fixing unit 2027b may be used to fix the circuit board 201, as shown in FIGS. 50A to 50B, 51 and 52A to 52C. In this embodiment, only the The first fixing unit 2027a fixes the circuit board 201, and the structure of the first fixing unit 2027a mentioned above will not be repeated here. The first insulating portion 202 is provided with a third opening 2025c, the third opening 2025c is connected to the first fixing surface 2027a1, the circuit board 201 is located between the first fixing unit 2027a and the first insulating portion 202, and the first insulating portion 202 Exposing a part of the circuit board 201 can dissipate a part of the heat generated by the second chip area, thereby reducing the temperature of the electronic components on the first surface of the circuit board.
如图50A所示,第一绝缘部202包括至少一个第一开口2025a和至少一个第二开口2025b,第一开口2025a、第二开口2025b分别位于第一区202c1和第二区202c2,第一开口2025a与第二开口2025b使第二容置空间与外部相通,从而使电路板上的电子元件工作时产生的热量通过第一开口与第二开口散发。As shown in FIG. 50A , the first insulating portion 202 includes at least one first opening 2025a and at least one second opening 2025b. The first opening 2025a and the second opening 2025b are located in the first region 202c1 and the second region 202c2, respectively. The first opening 2025a and the second opening 2025b make the second accommodating space communicate with the outside, so that the heat generated when the electronic components on the circuit board work are dissipated through the first opening and the second opening.
如图49、50A至50C、图51图、52至52C所示,一实施例中,第一区202c1包括隔离板2028,隔离板2028包括相对的一端与第二端,第一端靠近光处理单元202b,隔离板2028围绕第一区202c1的圆周设置,并朝LED灯具的中心轴延伸。在LED灯具的高度方向上,隔离板2028与光处理单元202b存在第一高度差,当第一绝缘部202固定于底座3上后,底座3与隔离板2028在LED灯具的高度方向上存在第二高度差,由于存在第一高度差与第二高度差,可将适配器5位于隔离板2028的第一端或第二端,以满足用户不同的安装需求。一实施例中,第一开口2025a连通隔离板2028的第一端与隔离板2028的第二端,在LED灯具的高度方向上,第一开口2025a的高度大于电路板201的高度,第一开口2025a与第三开口2025c形成第一散热路径,第一开口2025a与第二开口2025b形成第二散热路径,通过第一散热路径与第二散热路径对电路板201的第一面2011和电路板201的第二面2012进行散热,提高了电源模组与光源模组的使用寿命。一实施例中,在LED灯具的高度方向上,隔离板2028与电路板201具有高度差,可提升对电路板的散热效果。一实施例中,第一开口2025a与电路板201之间具有间隙,第二开口2025b位于底座3的凹槽部36中,第一绝缘部202通过第一开口2025a与第二开口2025b形成散热路径,对电路板上的电子元件进行散热,提高了电源模组与光源模组的使用寿命。一实施例中,隔离板2028的第二端可设置有至少一个加 强部2028a,以增加第一区202c1的结构强度。As shown in FIGS. 49 , 50A to 50C, FIGS. 51 , and 52 to 52C, in one embodiment, the first area 202c1 includes an isolation plate 2028, and the isolation plate 2028 includes an opposite end and a second end, and the first end is close to the light treatment The unit 202b, the isolation plate 2028 is arranged around the circumference of the first area 202c1 and extends towards the central axis of the LED light fixture. In the height direction of the LED lamp, there is a first height difference between the isolation plate 2028 and the light processing unit 202b. After the first insulating part 202 is fixed on the base 3, there is a first height difference between the base 3 and the isolation plate 2028 in the height direction of the LED lamp. Two height differences, due to the existence of the first height difference and the second height difference, the adapter 5 can be located at the first end or the second end of the isolation plate 2028 to meet different installation requirements of users. In one embodiment, the first opening 2025a communicates with the first end of the isolation plate 2028 and the second end of the isolation plate 2028. In the height direction of the LED lamp, the height of the first opening 2025a is greater than the height of the circuit board 201, and the first opening 2025a and the third opening 2025c form a first heat dissipation path, the first opening 2025a and the second opening 2025b form a second heat dissipation path, and the first surface 2011 of the circuit board 201 and the circuit board 201 are exposed to the first heat dissipation path and the second heat dissipation path through the first heat dissipation path and the second heat dissipation path. The second surface 2012 of the radiator is used for heat dissipation, which improves the service life of the power module and the light source module. In one embodiment, in the height direction of the LED lamp, the isolation plate 2028 and the circuit board 201 have a height difference, which can improve the heat dissipation effect on the circuit board. In one embodiment, there is a gap between the first opening 2025a and the circuit board 201 , the second opening 2025b is located in the groove portion 36 of the base 3 , and the first insulating portion 202 forms a heat dissipation path through the first opening 2025a and the second opening 2025b , the electronic components on the circuit board are dissipated, and the service life of the power module and the light source module is improved. In one embodiment, the second end of the isolation plate 2028 may be provided with at least one reinforcement portion 2028a to increase the structural strength of the first region 202c1.
请参考图54N,相邻两第一开口2025a之间形成第一子区202c3,第一子区202c3的数量比第一开口2025a的数量少一,每一个第一个子区202c3具有至少一个加强部2028a。54N, a first sub-region 202c3 is formed between two adjacent first openings 2025a, the number of the first sub-regions 202c3 is one less than the number of the first openings 2025a, and each first sub-region 202c3 has at least one reinforcement Section 2028a.
请参考图54A至图54N,图54A至图54N中电路板的结构与图51所示的电路板结构相同,结合图51和图54A至图54N,LED灯具包括与供电单元3a连接的连接器端子24,连接器端子24通过导线241与供电单元3a电连接,第一绝缘部202设有走线单元202d,用于固定导线241,对导线起到防拉保护作用,走线单元202d包括光处理单元202b上的第一线槽202b1、任一第一子区202c3中的第二线槽202c4、与第一线槽202b1连通的第四开口202c5及隔离板2028上的第五开口2028b,第四开口202c5与第五开口2028b连通,第一线槽202b1与第二线槽202c4连通,导线241通过第一线槽202b1与第二线槽202c4后经第第四开口202c5与第五开口2028b穿出。Please refer to FIG. 54A to FIG. 54N. The structure of the circuit board in FIG. 54A to FIG. 54N is the same as that of the circuit board shown in FIG. 51. In combination with FIG. 51 and FIG. 54A to FIG. 54N, the LED lamp includes a connector connected to the power supply unit 3a. The terminal 24, the connector terminal 24 is electrically connected to the power supply unit 3a through the wire 241, the first insulating part 202 is provided with a wiring unit 202d, which is used to fix the wire 241 and protect the wire from pulling, and the wiring unit 202d includes a light The first wire slot 202b1 on the processing unit 202b, the second wire slot 202c4 in any of the first sub-regions 202c3, the fourth opening 202c5 communicating with the first wire slot 202b1, and the fifth opening 2028b on the isolation plate 2028, the fourth The opening 202c5 communicates with the fifth opening 2028b, the first wire slot 202b1 communicates with the second wire slot 202c4, and the wire 241 passes through the first wire slot 202b1 and the second wire slot 202c4 and then passes through the fourth opening 202c5 and the fifth opening 2028b.
一实施例中,请参考图54A至图54N,固定单元2027还包括至少一个定位柱2027c,定位柱2027c位于光处理单元202b与第二区202c2之间,并朝靠近第一区202c1的方向延伸,电路板201上设有至少一个定位口201d,安装时,将定位口对准定位柱2027c,从而初步确定电路板的安装位置。In one embodiment, please refer to FIGS. 54A to 54N , the fixing unit 2027 further includes at least one positioning post 2027c, and the positioning post 2027c is located between the light processing unit 202b and the second area 202c2 and extends toward the direction close to the first area 202c1 , the circuit board 201 is provided with at least one positioning opening 201d. During installation, the positioning opening is aligned with the positioning post 2027c, so as to preliminarily determine the installation position of the circuit board.
一实施例中,请参考图54A至图54N,固定单元2027还包括至少一个第一台阶2027d,第一台阶2027d位于光处理单元202b上并朝靠近第一区202c1的的方向延伸,可使光源模组与光处理单元具有一定的间距,对电路板的安装起限位作用,防止电路板被过度按压,进而LED芯片与第一绝缘部干涉,影响使用。一实施例中,固定单元2027还可包括至少一个第二台阶2027e,第二台阶2027e位于光处理单元202b上并朝远离第一区202c1的的方向延伸,根据电路板的受力情况,LED灯具中可只设置第一台阶2027d或第二台阶2027e,也可第一台阶2027d与第二台阶2027e两者都设置。In one embodiment, please refer to FIGS. 54A to 54N, the fixing unit 2027 further includes at least one first step 2027d. The first step 2027d is located on the light processing unit 202b and extends toward the direction close to the first area 202c1, so that the light source can be There is a certain distance between the module and the light processing unit, which can limit the installation of the circuit board and prevent the circuit board from being over-pressed, so that the LED chip interferes with the first insulating part, which affects the use. In one embodiment, the fixing unit 2027 may further include at least one second step 2027e. The second step 2027e is located on the light processing unit 202b and extends away from the first area 202c1. Only the first step 2027d or the second step 2027e may be provided, or both the first step 2027d and the second step 2027e may be provided.
请参考图49、图50A至50C,第一绝缘部202还包括过渡部2026,第一绝缘部202通过过渡部2026连接底座3。一实施例中,连接单元202e包括过渡部2026,过渡部2026位于第二区202c2上,过渡部2026通过一固定结构与底座3连接,固定结构可以是卡接结构、螺栓结构(螺纹与螺钉)、扣接结构或磁吸结构等。具体的过渡部2026通过一固定结构与底座3上的安装部31连接。若图49中采用图45所示的底座结构时,结合图45、图49及图50A至50C,过渡部2026与凹槽部36之间具有间隔(在LED灯具的径向方向上,过渡部未填充满凹槽部),从而可使LED灯具产生的热量流动性增加,降低LED灯具中电子元件的温度。一实施例中,过渡部2026包括连接区2026a与加强区2026b,连接区2026a自第二区202c2向靠近边缘部35的方向延伸,连接区2026a在LED灯具的高度方向上具有最高点与最低点, 最低点与凹槽部36相接触,从而增加第一绝缘部与底座的接触面积,提高光电模组的固定效果。加强区2026b自第二区202c2向靠近边缘部35的方向延伸,加强区2026b连接第二区202c2与连接区2026a,从而提高过渡部的机械强度,上述固定结构的一部分可位于连接区2026a。Referring to FIG. 49 and FIGS. 50A to 50C , the first insulating portion 202 further includes a transition portion 2026 , and the first insulating portion 202 is connected to the base 3 through the transition portion 2026 . In one embodiment, the connecting unit 202e includes a transition portion 2026, the transition portion 2026 is located on the second area 202c2, and the transition portion 2026 is connected to the base 3 through a fixing structure, and the fixing structure may be a snap-on structure or a bolt structure (thread and screw) , buckle structure or magnetic structure, etc. The specific transition portion 2026 is connected to the mounting portion 31 on the base 3 through a fixing structure. If the base structure shown in FIG. 45 is adopted in FIG. 49, in combination with FIGS. 45, 49 and 50A to 50C, there is a gap between the transition portion 2026 and the groove portion 36 (in the radial direction of the LED lamp, the transition portion The groove portion is not fully filled), so that the heat flow generated by the LED lamp can be increased, and the temperature of the electronic components in the LED lamp can be reduced. In one embodiment, the transition portion 2026 includes a connection area 2026a and a reinforcement area 2026b. The connection area 2026a extends from the second area 202c2 toward the edge portion 35, and the connection area 2026a has the highest point and the lowest point in the height direction of the LED lamp. , the lowest point is in contact with the groove part 36 , thereby increasing the contact area between the first insulating part and the base, and improving the fixing effect of the photoelectric module. The reinforcement area 2026b extends from the second area 202c2 to the direction close to the edge portion 35. The reinforcement area 2026b connects the second area 202c2 and the connection area 2026a, thereby improving the mechanical strength of the transition portion. A part of the above-mentioned fixing structure may be located in the connection area 2026a.
如图50A至50C、图51图、52至52C所示,光处理单元202b包括第一光处理区2a、第二光处理区2b及第三光处理区2f,第一光处理区2a对应于第一芯片区2211,第二光处理区2b对应于一部分电源模组,本实施例中,第二光处理区2b对应于第一电源模组231,第三光处理区2f对应于第二芯片区2212,一实施例中,第一光处理区2a和/或第三光处理区2f的截面与第二光处理2b的截面不同,光处理单元202b可为前述的光吸收区或透镜单元,本实施例中,第二芯片区2212包括两组LED芯片组221,对应每一组LED芯片组221可设计一子光处理区,第一绝缘部202上对应于第一芯片区2211、第一电源模组231分别设有第一光处理区2a、第二光处理区2b,而第一绝缘部202上对应于第二芯片区2212设有第三光处理区2f,第三光处理区2f包括子光处理区2c、2d,一实施例中,可在光处理区2b进行磨砂处理,光处理区2b的折射率小于光处理区2a、子光处理区2c及2d,第一芯片区和第二芯片区发出的光部分会反射至光处理区2b,对光处理区2b进行磨砂处理,可使灯具具有较均匀的光分布。结合图54A至图54N,上述的第一线槽202b1位于第一光处理区2a。在一些实施例中,可对光处理单元进行磨砂处理,提高LED灯具的出光效果,或者可对第一绝缘部进行磨砂处理,在提高第一绝缘部美观的同时提高LED灯具的出光效果。在一些实施例中,在LED灯具的高度方向上(例如图49所示的Z轴正方向),第二光处理区2b的高度大于或等于第一光处理区2a、第三光处理区2f的高度,一方面在LED灯具的高度方向上,第一电源模组中部分电子元件的高度大于LED芯片的高度,第二光处理区2b可较好的覆盖第一电源模组;另一方面,第一芯片区2211、第二芯片区2212发出的光部分会发射至第二光处理区2b,这部分光部分或全部经第二光处理区2b折射,从而避免第一芯片区2211、第二芯片区2212出现暗区。As shown in FIGS. 50A to 50C , FIGS. 51 , and 52 to 52C, the light processing unit 202b includes a first light processing area 2a, a second light processing area 2b and a third light processing area 2f, and the first light processing area 2a corresponds to The first chip area 2211 and the second light processing area 2b correspond to a part of the power module. In this embodiment, the second light processing area 2b corresponds to the first power module 231 and the third light processing area 2f corresponds to the second chip In the region 2212, in one embodiment, the cross section of the first light treatment region 2a and/or the third light treatment region 2f is different from that of the second light treatment region 2b, and the light treatment unit 202b may be the aforementioned light absorption region or lens unit, In this embodiment, the second chip area 2212 includes two groups of LED chip groups 221 , a sub-light processing area can be designed corresponding to each group of LED chip groups 221 , and the first insulating portion 202 corresponds to the first chip area 2211 , the first The power module 231 is respectively provided with a first light treatment area 2a and a second light treatment area 2b, and the first insulating portion 202 is provided with a third light treatment area 2f and a third light treatment area 2f corresponding to the second chip area 2212 The sub-light processing areas 2c and 2d are included. In one embodiment, the optical processing area 2b can be subjected to frosting treatment. The refractive index of the optical processing area 2b is smaller than that of the optical processing area 2a, the sub-light processing areas 2c and 2d. The first chip area and Part of the light emitted by the second chip area will be reflected to the light treatment area 2b, and the light treatment area 2b is subjected to frosting treatment, so that the lamp has a relatively uniform light distribution. Referring to FIGS. 54A to 54N , the above-mentioned first wire groove 202b1 is located in the first photo-processing area 2a. In some embodiments, the light processing unit can be frosted to improve the light extraction effect of the LED lamp, or the first insulating part can be frosted to improve the appearance of the first insulating part and the light extraction effect of the LED lamp. In some embodiments, in the height direction of the LED lamp (for example, the positive direction of the Z axis shown in FIG. 49 ), the height of the second light treatment area 2b is greater than or equal to the height of the first light treatment area 2a and the third light treatment area 2f On the one hand, in the height direction of the LED lamp, the height of some electronic components in the first power module is greater than the height of the LED chip, and the second light processing area 2b can better cover the first power module; on the other hand , part of the light emitted by the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212 will be emitted to the second light processing area 2b, and part or all of this part of the light will be refracted by the second light processing area 2b, thereby avoiding the first chip area 2211, the second light processing area 22b. A dark area appears in the second chip area 2212 .
第一芯片区2211至底座3的距离小于第二芯片区2212至底座3的距离,第一芯片区2211中相邻LED芯片间的距离小于第二芯片区2212中相邻LED芯片间的距离。因第一芯片区2211距离底座3和第一开口2025a相对于第二芯片区2212较近,第一芯片区2211产生的热量较第二芯片区2212易散发。The distance from the first chip area 2211 to the base 3 is smaller than the distance from the second chip area 2212 to the base 3 , and the distance between adjacent LED chips in the first chip area 2211 is smaller than the distance between adjacent LED chips in the second chip area 2212 . Since the first chip area 2211 is closer to the base 3 and the first opening 2025 a than the second chip area 2212 , the heat generated by the first chip area 2211 is easier to dissipate than the second chip area 2212 .
请参见图53A至53H,第二芯片区2212包括至少一组LED芯片组,本实施例与图50所示的光电模组不同之一在于,第二芯片区2212包括三组LED芯片组,分别为第一LED芯片组221a、第二LED芯片组221b及第三LED芯片组221c,第一LED芯片组221a、第二 LED芯片组221b及第三LED芯片组221c分别位于不同的圆周上,第一LED芯片组221a、第二LED芯片组221b及第三LED芯片组221c均包括至少一个LED芯片2201,第二LED芯片组221b位于第一LED芯片组221a与第三LED芯片组221c之间。一实施例中,第二芯片组221b的LED芯片数量小于第一芯片组221a、第三芯片组221b的LED芯片数量,优选第二芯片组221b的LED芯片数量<第一芯片组221a的LED芯片数量<第三芯片组221c的LED芯片数量,可以使第二芯片区的光分布更加均匀,减少暗区面积。一实施例中,第二芯片组221b相邻LED芯片之间的间距大于第一芯片组221a、第三芯片组221b相邻LED芯片之间的间距,第二芯片组相邻LED芯片之间的间距较大,可降低第二芯片区内相邻LED芯片产生的热量之间相互影响,优选第一芯片组221a、第三芯片组221c中分别具有两个LED芯片与第二芯片组221b中的一LED芯片相邻。第一芯片组221a中相邻两LED芯片之间具有一中心点O 1,O 2,……,O n(n≥1),第三芯片组221c中相邻两LED芯片之间具有中心点Q 1,Q 2,……,Q m(m≥1),n,m均为整数,O 1与Q 1之间的距离小于O 1与Q m(m>1)之间的距离,中心点O 2n-1与中心点Q 3m-2(n=m,n,m≥1,n,m均为整数)的连线经过第二芯片组221b的至少一个LED芯片2201。在提高LED灯具光通量量的同时,既可避免第一芯片区2211与第二芯片区2212出现暗区,又可降低第一LED芯片组221a、第二芯片组221b、第三芯片组221c中相邻LED芯片产生的热量相互影响。 Referring to FIGS. 53A to 53H, the second chip area 2212 includes at least one group of LED chip groups. One of the differences between this embodiment and the optoelectronic module shown in FIG. 50 is that the second chip area 2212 includes three groups of LED chip groups, respectively The first LED chip group 221a, the second LED chip group 221b and the third LED chip group 221c are respectively located on different circumferences. An LED chip set 221a, a second LED chip set 221b and a third LED chip set 221c each include at least one LED chip 2201, and the second LED chip set 221b is located between the first LED chip set 221a and the third LED chip set 221c. In one embodiment, the number of LED chips in the second chipset 221b is smaller than the number of LED chips in the first chipset 221a and the number of LED chips in the third chipset 221b, preferably, the number of LED chips in the second chipset 221b < the number of LED chips in the first chipset 221a The number<the number of LED chips in the third chip group 221c can make the light distribution in the second chip area more uniform and reduce the area of the dark area. In one embodiment, the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the second chip group 221b is greater than the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the first chip group 221a and the third chip group 221b, and the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the second chip group 221b The larger spacing can reduce the mutual influence between the heat generated by adjacent LED chips in the second chip area. An LED chip is adjacent. There is a center point O 1 , O 2 , . Q 1 , Q 2 , ..., Q m (m≥1), n, m are all integers, the distance between O 1 and Q 1 is smaller than the distance between O 1 and Q m (m>1), the center The connection line between the point O 2n-1 and the center point Q 3m-2 (n=m, n, m≧1, n, m is an integer) passes through at least one LED chip 2201 of the second chip set 221b. While increasing the luminous flux of the LED lamp, it can not only avoid dark areas in the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212, but also reduce the phase difference between the first LED chip set 221a, the second chip set 221b, and the third chip set 221c. The heat generated by adjacent LED chips affects each other.
请参考图54A至54N,一实施例中,第一芯片组221a、第二芯片组221b的LED芯片数量小于第三芯片组221c的LED芯片数量,优选第一芯片组221a的LED芯片数量等于第二芯片组221b的LED芯片数量,第二芯片组221b的LED芯片数量小于第三芯片组221c的LED芯片数量,可以使第二芯片区的光分布更加均匀,减少暗区面积。一实施例中,第二芯片组221b相邻LED芯片之间的间距大于第一芯片组221a相邻LED芯片之间的间距,第二芯片组相邻LED芯片之间的间距较大,可降低第二芯片区内相邻LED芯片产生的热量之间相互影响,优选第一芯片组221a、第三芯片组221c中分别具有两个LED芯片与第二芯片组221b中的一LED芯片相邻。第一芯片组221a中相邻两LED芯片之间具有一中心点O 1,O 2,……,On(n≥1),第三芯片组221c中相邻两LED芯片之间具有中心点Q 1,Q 2,……,Qm(m≥1),n,m均为整数,O 1与Q 1之间的距离小于O 1与Qm(m>1)之间的距离,中心点O n与中心点Q 2m-1(n=m,n,m≥1,n,m均为整数)的连线经过第二芯片组221b的至少一个LED芯片2201。在提高LED灯具光通量量的同时,既可避免第一芯片区2211与第二芯片区2212出现暗区,又可降低第一LED芯片组221a、第二芯片芯片组221b、第三芯片组221c中相邻LED芯片产生的热量相互影响。一实施例中,光电模组2还包括连接器端子24,连接器端子24电性连接至外部电源(例如市电)用于接收外部电力信号并将此电力信号向LED灯具传输,连接 器端子24通过导线241连接电路板201上的电子元件,导线241与电路板201的连接点位于电路板201的第一面2011,导线241与电路板201的连接点位于第一芯片区2211与第二芯片区2212之间,以使电力信号传输距离短,电力损耗小,电力稳定。一实施例中,第一芯片区2211的一LED芯片与第二芯片区2212的一LED芯片2201的连线中,至少有一条线经过导线241与电路板201的电连接点(若有大于1的电连接点,则至少经过其中一个电连接点),由于电连接点位于第一芯片区的一LED芯片与第二芯片区的一LED芯片的连线上,第一芯片区与第二芯片区发出的光可防止灯罩对应电连接点的区域出现暗点或暗区。 54A to 54N, in one embodiment, the number of LED chips in the first chipset 221a and the second chipset 221b is smaller than the number of LED chips in the third chipset 221c, preferably the number of LED chips in the first chipset 221a is equal to the number of LED chips in the first chipset 221a. The number of LED chips in the second chip group 221b is smaller than that of the third chip group 221c, which can make the light distribution in the second chip area more uniform and reduce the dark area area. In one embodiment, the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the second chip group 221b is greater than the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the first chip group 221a, and the spacing between adjacent LED chips of the second chip group is larger, which can be reduced The heat generated by adjacent LED chips in the second chip area affects each other. Preferably, two LED chips in the first chip group 221a and the third chip group 221c are adjacent to one LED chip in the second chip group 221b. There is a center point O 1 , O 2 , . 1 , Q 2 , ..., Qm (m≥1), n, m are integers, the distance between O 1 and Q 1 is less than the distance between O 1 and Qm (m>1), the center point O n The connection with the center point Q 2m-1 (n=m, n, m≧1, n, m is an integer) passes through at least one LED chip 2201 of the second chip set 221b. While increasing the luminous flux of the LED lamp, it can not only avoid dark areas in the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212, but also reduce the amount of light in the first LED chip set 221a, the second chip set 221b, and the third chip set 221c. The heat generated by adjacent LED chips affects each other. In one embodiment, the optoelectronic module 2 further includes a connector terminal 24, which is electrically connected to an external power source (eg, commercial power) for receiving an external power signal and transmitting the power signal to the LED lamps. 24 Connect the electronic components on the circuit board 201 through the wires 241, the connection points between the wires 241 and the circuit board 201 are located on the first side 2011 of the circuit board 201, and the connection points between the wires 241 and the circuit board 201 are located in the first chip area 2211 and the second Between the chip areas 2212, the power signal transmission distance is short, the power loss is small, and the power is stable. In one embodiment, at least one of the wires connecting an LED chip in the first chip area 2211 and an LED chip 2201 in the second chip area 2212 passes through the electrical connection point between the wire 241 and the circuit board 201 (if there is more than 1 the electrical connection point, then at least one of the electrical connection points), since the electrical connection point is located on the connection line between an LED chip in the first chip area and an LED chip in the second chip area, the first chip area and the second chip area The light emitted from the area prevents dark spots or dark areas in the area of the lampshade that corresponds to the electrical connection point.
LED灯具还可包括次光源2203和主光源,主光源的数量大于次光源的数量。主光源未发出光线时,次光源可发出光线,以提供照明。例如,晚上睡觉时,关闭主光源,次光源会亮起一段时间或者用户选择次光源来提供光照的安全感。次光源可以包括夜灯灯珠和/或余晖灯珠。一实施例中,次光源2203位于第一芯片区2211的第二边缘S2的外侧或第二芯片区2212的第四边缘S4的内侧,或次光源2230位于第一芯片区2211与第二芯片区2212之间,在一些实施例中,导线241与电路板201的电连接点与次光源2203的连线经过第一芯片区2211的至少一个LED芯片2201。一实施例中,次光源2203至第一芯片区2211的最短距离小于次光源2203至第二芯片区2212的距离,可改善次光源2203从灯罩射出的出光效果。一实施例中,第一芯片区2211和/或第二芯片区2212包括至少两种不同的LED芯片(LED芯片a 1,LED芯片a 2,LED芯片a 3,……,LED芯片a n,n代表LED芯片的种类数),不同的LED芯片(LED芯片a 1,LED芯片a 2,LED芯片a 3,……,LED芯片a n,n代表LED芯片的种类数,n为整数)例如规格大小不同、色温不同或光通量不同等,也可为LED芯片的参数指标不同。在一实施例中,第一芯片区2211包括LED芯片a 1、LED芯片a 2和LED芯片a 3,第二芯片区2212包括LED芯片a 1、LED芯片a 2,其中电路板上的LED芯片a 1的总数量大于LED芯片a 2的总数量,例如LED芯片a 1为高色温LED芯片,LED芯片a 2为低色温LED芯片,通过对高色温芯片、低色温芯片进行排布使两种色温充分混光,还可通过调节两种色温芯片的驱动电流比列实现总体色温调节。一实施例中,第一芯片区2211中的LED芯片a 1的数量小于第二芯片区2212中LED芯片a 1和/或LED芯片a 2的数量;一实施例中,第一芯片区2211和/或第二芯片区2212中LED芯片a 1的数量小于电路板201上LED芯片a 2的数量。一实施例中,LED芯片a 1和/或LED芯片a 2的数量大于LED芯片a 3的数量,实施例中的LED芯片a 1和LED芯片a 2可为上述提及的主光源,LED芯片a 3可为上述提及的次光源。 The LED lamp may further include secondary light sources 2203 and main light sources, the number of which is greater than the number of secondary light sources. When the primary light source is not emitting light, the secondary light source can emit light to provide illumination. For example, when going to bed at night, turn off the main light source, the secondary light source will be on for a period of time, or the user selects the secondary light source to provide a sense of security in lighting. The secondary light source may include night light bulbs and/or afterglow bulbs. In one embodiment, the secondary light source 2203 is located outside the second edge S2 of the first chip area 2211 or inside the fourth edge S4 of the second chip area 2212 , or the secondary light source 2230 is located between the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area Between 2212 , in some embodiments, the connection between the wire 241 and the electrical connection point of the circuit board 201 and the secondary light source 2203 passes through at least one LED chip 2201 in the first chip area 2211 . In one embodiment, the shortest distance from the secondary light source 2203 to the first chip area 2211 is smaller than the distance from the secondary light source 2203 to the second chip area 2212 , which can improve the light emitting effect of the secondary light source 2203 from the lampshade. In one embodiment, the first chip area 2211 and/or the second chip area 2212 includes at least two different LED chips (LED chip a 1 , LED chip a 2 , LED chip a 3 , . . . , LED chip an , n represents the number of types of LED chips), different LED chips (LED chip a 1 , LED chip a 2 , LED chip a 3 , ..., LED chip a n , n represents the number of types of LED chips, n is an integer) for example Different specifications, different color temperatures or different luminous flux, etc., can also be different parameters of LED chips. In one embodiment, the first chip area 2211 includes LED chip a 1 , LED chip a 2 and LED chip a 3 , the second chip area 2212 includes LED chip a 1 , LED chip a 2 , wherein the LED chips on the circuit board are The total number of a 1 is greater than the total number of LED chips a 2 , for example, LED chip a 1 is a high color temperature LED chip, and LED chip a 2 is a low color temperature LED chip. The color temperature is fully mixed, and the overall color temperature can be adjusted by adjusting the driving current ratio of the two color temperature chips. In one embodiment, the number of LED chips a1 in the first chip area 2211 is smaller than the number of LED chips a1 and/or LED chips a2 in the second chip area 2212; in one embodiment, the first chip area 2211 and /or the number of LED chips a 1 in the second chip area 2212 is smaller than the number of LED chips a 2 on the circuit board 201 . In one embodiment, the number of LED chips a1 and/or LED chips a2 is greater than the number of LED chips a3. a 3 may be the above-mentioned secondary light source.
在一些实施例中,LED灯具包括至少一组LED芯片组(LED芯片组b 1,LED芯片组b 2,LED芯片组b 3,……,LED芯片组b m,m为整数),每个LED芯片组至少包括一个LED芯 片,各LED芯片组位于电路板201上,本实施例中,各LED芯片组位于电路板201的第一面,同一LED芯片组的LED芯片位于或大致位于同一圆周(围绕电路板201的开孔而设置,)各LED芯片组的LED芯片位于不同的圆周上,且围绕相同或大致相同的中心轴而设置,可为电路板201的中心轴,或者是引挂器或适配器的中心轴。一部分电源模组(例如第一电源模组)在电路板201的径向上位于相邻LED芯片组之间。至少其中一LED芯片组上包括主光源和次光源,次光源点亮时的光通量可配置为主光源点亮时的光通量的0.1%-10%。主光源未发出光线时,次光源可发出光线,以提供照明。例如,晚上睡觉时,关闭主光源,次光源会亮起一段时间或者用户选择次光源来提供光照的安全感。次光源可以包括夜灯灯珠和/或余晖灯珠。主光源的数量大于次光源的数量,相邻主光源之间的距离大于或等于相邻主光源与次光源之间的距离。一实施例中,相邻主光源所对的圆心角大于或等于相邻主光源与次光源所对的圆心角。在一些实施例中,同一芯片组中包括n个LED芯片,相邻LED芯片之间的圆心角或相邻LED芯片之间的平均圆心角a为(360/n)度,导线241与电路板201的电连接点与圆心o的连线形成线La,次光源与圆心o的连线形成线Lb,线La与线Lb的夹角的范围为0.3*a~5*a,在一些实施例中,线La与线Lb的夹角的范围为[360/(n+3)]度~[360/(n-5)]度,次光源至连接器端子的走线距离短且与次光源相邻的LED芯片产生的热量对次光源的影响较小。一实施例中,按半径从小到大,LED灯具包括LED芯片组b 1,LED芯片组b 2,LED芯片组b 3,LED芯片组b 4,即LED芯片组b 1相比于LED芯片组b 2,LED芯片组b 3,LED芯片组b 4靠近电路板201的开孔222,本实施例中,LED芯片组b 1包括次光源,次光源至连接器端子24的走线距离较短,导线的电阻较小,因此工作时的功率损耗低,信号传输稳定。在它实施例中,LED芯片组b 4包括次光源,由于其距离引挂器或适配器较远,次光源点亮时产生的光线不易被引挂器或适配器吸收,因此光损耗低。 In some embodiments, the LED luminaire includes at least one set of LED chip sets (LED chip set b 1 , LED chip set b 2 , LED chip set b 3 , . . . , LED chip set b m , where m is an integer), each The LED chip set includes at least one LED chip, and each LED chip set is located on the circuit board 201 . In this embodiment, each LED chip set is located on the first surface of the circuit board 201 , and the LED chips of the same LED chip set are located on or approximately on the same circumference. (arranged around the opening of the circuit board 201,) the LED chips of each LED chip group are located on different circumferences, and are arranged around the same or approximately the same central axis, which can be the central axis of the circuit board 201, or the hanging the central axis of the adapter or adapter. A part of the power module (eg, the first power module) is located between adjacent LED chip groups in the radial direction of the circuit board 201 . At least one of the LED chip sets includes a primary light source and a secondary light source, and the luminous flux when the secondary light source is lit can be configured to be 0.1%-10% of the luminous flux when the primary light source is lit. When the primary light source is not emitting light, the secondary light source can emit light to provide illumination. For example, when going to bed at night, turn off the main light source, the secondary light source will be on for a period of time, or the user selects the secondary light source to provide a sense of security in lighting. The secondary light source may include night light bulbs and/or afterglow bulbs. The number of primary light sources is greater than the number of secondary light sources, and the distance between adjacent primary light sources is greater than or equal to the distance between adjacent primary light sources and secondary light sources. In one embodiment, the central angle opposite the adjacent main light sources is greater than or equal to the central angle opposite the adjacent main light sources and the secondary light sources. In some embodiments, the same chip set includes n LED chips, the central angle between adjacent LED chips or the average central angle a between adjacent LED chips is (360/n) degrees, and the wires 241 are connected to the circuit board. The connection line between the electrical connection point 201 and the circle center o forms a line La, the connection line between the secondary light source and the circle center o forms a line Lb, and the included angle between the line La and the line Lb ranges from 0.3*a to 5*a. In some embodiments , the angle between the line La and the line Lb ranges from [360/(n+3)] degrees to [360/(n-5)] degrees, and the wiring distance from the secondary light source to the connector terminal is short and the distance between the secondary light source and the secondary light source is short. The heat generated by the adjacent LED chips has less influence on the secondary light source. In one embodiment, the LED lamps include LED chip set b 1 , LED chip set b 2 , LED chip set b 3 , LED chip set b 4 , according to the radius from small to large, that is, the LED chip set b 1 is compared with the LED chip set b 2 , the LED chip set b 3 , the LED chip set b 4 is close to the opening 222 of the circuit board 201 , in this embodiment, the LED chip set b 1 includes a secondary light source, and the wiring distance from the secondary light source to the connector terminal 24 is short , the resistance of the wire is small, so the power loss during operation is low, and the signal transmission is stable. In its embodiment, the LED chip set b4 includes a secondary light source. Since the LED chip set b4 is far away from the hanger or adapter, the light generated when the secondary light source is turned on is not easily absorbed by the hanger or the adapter, so the light loss is low.
请参见图53A至53H,光处理单元202b包括第一光处理区2a、第二光处理区2b及第三光处理区2f,第一光处理区2a对应于第一芯片区2211,第二光处理区2b对应于一部分电源模组,本实施例中,第二光处理区2b对应第一电源模组231,第三光处理区2f对应于第二芯片区2212,光处理单元202b可为前述的光吸收区或透镜单元,本实施例中,第二芯片区2212包括三组LED芯片组,对应每一组LED芯片组221a、221b、221c可设计一子光处理区,第一绝缘部202上对应于第一芯片区2211、第一电源模组231处分别设有光处理区2a、2b,第三光处理区2f包括子光处理区2c、2d及2e,子光处理区2c、2d及2e分别对应第二芯片区的LED芯片组221a、221b、221c,子光处理区2a、2c、2d及2e包括与LED芯片2201相对于设置的透镜202a,光处理2b包括至少一个左倾斜部2b1和至少一个右倾斜部2b2,左倾斜部2b1与右倾斜部2b2相连接,左倾斜部2b1与右倾斜部2b2相连接后可形成V形或倒V形, 外部的光经过光处理区2b时,通过左倾斜部2b1与右倾斜部2b2将部分光反射,从而降低了对第一电源模组231的可视性,提高了LED灯具的美观,另一方面,与第一电源模231组相邻的LED芯片发出的光经透镜202a折射后有部分光经由左倾斜部2b1与右倾斜部2b2穿出第一绝缘部202,从而进一步降低了第一芯片区2211与第二芯片区2212之间的暗区。光处理区2b上设有至少一个延伸部2b3,延伸部2b3与至少一左倾斜部2b1、至少一右倾斜部2b2相接触,电路板201上设有与延伸部2b3相对的穿孔201a,延伸部2b3穿过电路板201上的穿孔201a,从而固定电路板201与第一绝缘部202的相对位置,防止电路板201周向转动。53A to 53H, the light processing unit 202b includes a first light processing area 2a, a second light processing area 2b and a third light processing area 2f. The first light processing area 2a corresponds to the first chip area 2211, and the second light processing area 2a corresponds to the first chip area 2211. The processing area 2b corresponds to a part of the power module. In this embodiment, the second light processing area 2b corresponds to the first power module 231, the third light processing area 2f corresponds to the second chip area 2212, and the light processing unit 202b may be the aforementioned In this embodiment, the second chip area 2212 includes three groups of LED chip groups, corresponding to each group of LED chip groups 221a, 221b, 221c can be designed a sub-light processing area, the first insulating part 202 On the top, corresponding to the first chip area 2211 and the first power module 231 are respectively provided with light processing areas 2a, 2b, the third light processing area 2f includes sub-light processing areas 2c, 2d and 2e, and the sub-light processing areas 2c, 2d and 2e respectively correspond to the LED chip groups 221a, 221b, 221c in the second chip area, the sub-light processing areas 2a, 2c, 2d and 2e include a lens 202a disposed opposite to the LED chip 2201, and the light processing area 2b includes at least one left inclined portion 2b1 and at least one right inclined part 2b2, the left inclined part 2b1 is connected with the right inclined part 2b2, the left inclined part 2b1 and the right inclined part 2b2 can be connected to form a V shape or an inverted V shape, and the external light passes through the light processing area 2b At the time, part of the light is reflected by the left inclined portion 2b1 and the right inclined portion 2b2, thereby reducing the visibility of the first power module 231 and improving the appearance of the LED lamp. After the light emitted by the adjacent LED chips is refracted by the lens 202a, part of the light passes through the first insulating portion 202 through the left inclined portion 2b1 and the right inclined portion 2b2, thereby further reducing the distance between the first chip area 2211 and the second chip area 2212. dark area in between. The light processing area 2b is provided with at least one extension portion 2b3, and the extension portion 2b3 is in contact with at least one left inclined portion 2b1 and at least one right inclined portion 2b2. The circuit board 201 is provided with a through hole 201a opposite to the extension portion 2b3. 2b3 passes through the through hole 201a on the circuit board 201, thereby fixing the relative position of the circuit board 201 and the first insulating portion 202, and preventing the circuit board 201 from rotating in the circumferential direction.
底座还可采用其它不同的结构,一实施例中,底座3的直径大于灯罩1的直径,底座3上位于灯罩1外部的区域设有子发光部,可以有效提高灯具的照射范围。一实施例中,底座3上设有衬垫,从衬垫的表面突出多个凸部,灯罩1上设有与凸部对应的凹部,凹部的深度大于凸部从衬垫表面突出的高度,当凸部装配到凹部中时,灯罩1的周缘被压靠在衬垫上,并且消除了它们之间的间隙,从而可以有效地防止昆虫进入灯罩。The base can also adopt other different structures. In one embodiment, the diameter of the base 3 is larger than the diameter of the lampshade 1, and the sub-light-emitting part is provided in the area outside the lampshade 1 on the base 3, which can effectively improve the illumination range of the lamp. In one embodiment, the base 3 is provided with a pad, and a plurality of convex portions protrude from the surface of the pad, and the lampshade 1 is provided with a concave portion corresponding to the convex portion, and the depth of the concave portion is greater than the height of the convex portion protruding from the surface of the pad, When the convex portion is fitted into the concave portion, the peripheral edge of the lampshade 1 is pressed against the gasket, and the gap between them is eliminated, so that insects can be effectively prevented from entering the lampshade.
图55和图56为本申请LED灯具一实施例的结构示意图,LED灯具包括灯罩1、光电模组2、底座3,其基本结构同前述实施例,在此不重复叙述,不同之处在于,此LED灯具采用上述光电模组2b,光电模组2b的结构参照上述实施例,如图55和图56所示,所述LED灯具位于一空间直角坐标系(X,Y,Z),Y轴平行于LED灯具的中心轴,所述LED灯具还包括底盘6,底盘6连接至底座3,反光件29具有端点A和顶点B,端点A位于LED光源模组22与电源模组23之间,顶点B为在Z轴反向上的最高点,则反光件29的高度(或顶点B至端点A在Z轴方向上的距离)z=(a 2+b 2-2abcosα) 1/2*sinβ,a为LED芯片2201至端点A的直线距离;b为LED芯片2201至顶点B的直线距离;α为LED芯片2201至端点A的直线与LED芯片2201至顶点B的直线的夹角,α小于LED芯片2201的发光角度,即0<α<120°;β为直线AB(端点A与顶点B的连线)与X轴方向的夹角。通过设计a及β,可调整反光件的高度,以得到优异的反光效果,从而得到较佳的光分布。一实施例中,反光件29朝远离电源模组23的方向(即y轴负方向)拱起,一方面可增加电源模组的散热空间;另一方面,可完全罩住电源模组,起到绝缘的作用,以防触电。一实施例中,电源模组23可通过胶粘或卡扣的方式固定于底座3上,一实施例中,如图56所示,底座3上可设有凹槽32,电源模组23中的电元器件(例如电感、电容等)可位于凹槽32中,凹槽可为电元器件增大散热空间,此外还可缩短散热路径,从而降低电源模组的温度。 55 and FIG. 56 are schematic structural diagrams of an embodiment of the LED lamp of the application. The LED lamp includes a lampshade 1, a photoelectric module 2, and a base 3. Its basic structure is the same as that of the previous embodiment, and the description is not repeated here. The difference is: This LED lamp adopts the above-mentioned photoelectric module 2b. The structure of the photoelectric module 2b refers to the above-mentioned embodiment. As shown in Figure 55 and Figure 56, the LED lamp is located in a space rectangular coordinate system (X, Y, Z), and the Y axis Parallel to the central axis of the LED luminaire, the LED luminaire further comprises a chassis 6, the chassis 6 is connected to the base 3, the reflector 29 has an end point A and a vertex B, and the end point A is located between the LED light source module 22 and the power module 23, Vertex B is the highest point in the reverse direction of the Z axis, then the height of the reflector 29 (or the distance from the vertex B to the endpoint A in the Z axis direction) z=(a 2 +b 2 -2abcosα) 1/2 *sinβ, a is the straight-line distance from the LED chip 2201 to the vertex A; b is the straight-line distance from the LED chip 2201 to the vertex B; The light-emitting angle of the chip 2201 is 0<α<120°; β is the included angle between the straight line AB (the line connecting the endpoint A and the vertex B) and the X-axis direction. By designing a and β, the height of the reflective member can be adjusted to obtain excellent reflective effect and thus better light distribution. In one embodiment, the reflector 29 is arched in the direction away from the power module 23 (ie, the negative direction of the y-axis), which can increase the cooling space of the power module on the one hand; to the role of insulation to prevent electric shock. In one embodiment, the power module 23 may be fixed on the base 3 by gluing or snapping. In one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 56 , the base 3 may be provided with a groove 32 . The electrical components (such as inductors, capacitors, etc.) can be located in the grooves 32, and the grooves can increase the heat dissipation space for the electrical components, and can also shorten the heat dissipation path, thereby reducing the temperature of the power module.
LED芯片2201包括LED灯珠,如图57所示,LED灯珠发出的光会经过C、D、E及F四个界面,C界面为LED灯珠的封装层与空气的界面,D界面为空气与发光件的界面,E界面为空气与灯罩的界面,F界面为灯罩与空气的界面。设LED灯珠的封装层的折射率为n1, 灯罩的折射率为n2,空气的折射率为n3,为提高光的利用率,主要是要降低C、E及F界面的反射,以及提高D界面的反射。C、E及F界面的反射会降低LED灯具的光通量,因而需对LED灯珠的封装层及灯罩的材料进行选择,根据反射率与折射率之间的关系,当光在C界面、F界面垂直入射时,可设置1-(n1-1) 2/(n1+1) 2-(n2-1) 2/(n2+1) 2>0.9,通过对选择合适折射率的材料,可有效提高LED灯具的光通量。 The LED chip 2201 includes LED lamp beads. As shown in Figure 57, the light emitted by the LED lamp beads will pass through four interfaces C, D, E and F. The C interface is the interface between the packaging layer of the LED lamp beads and the air, and the D interface is The interface between the air and the light-emitting element, the E interface is the interface between the air and the lampshade, and the F interface is the interface between the lampshade and the air. Set the refractive index of the encapsulation layer of the LED lamp bead as n1, the refractive index of the lampshade as n2, and the refractive index of the air as n3. In order to improve the utilization rate of light, the main purpose is to reduce the reflection of the C, E and F interfaces, and to improve the D reflection of the interface. The reflection at the C, E and F interfaces will reduce the luminous flux of the LED lamp, so it is necessary to select the material of the LED lamp bead packaging layer and lampshade. At normal incidence, 1-(n1-1) 2 /(n1+1) 2 -(n2-1) 2 /(n2+1) 2 >0.9 can be set. By selecting materials with appropriate refractive index, it can be effectively improved Luminous flux of LED lamps.
此外因为n1、n2均大于n3,当入射角大于临界角时,会发生全反射,为减少C界面、E界面的反射,可在LED芯片2201的表面、灯罩的内表面分别设置第一折射率匹配层、第二折射率匹配层,第一折射率匹配层的折射率n4=(n1*n3) 1/2,第二折射率匹配层的折射率n5=(n2*n3) 1/2,一实施例中,n1的范围为1.4~1.53,则n4的范围为1.18~1.24;一实施例中,n2的范围为1.5~1.7,则n5的范围为1.22~1.3,此时0.16≤n1-n4≤0.35,0.18≤n4-n3≤0.24;0.2≤n2-n5≤0.48,0.22≤n5-n1≤0.3,由此可知,设置第一折射率匹配层、第二折射率匹配层后,可有效减少光的反射,提高光的利用率。 In addition, since both n1 and n2 are greater than n3, when the incident angle is greater than the critical angle, total reflection will occur. In order to reduce the reflection of the C interface and the E interface, a first refractive index can be set on the surface of the LED chip 2201 and the inner surface of the lampshade respectively. matching layer and second refractive index matching layer, the refractive index of the first refractive index matching layer n4=(n1*n3) 1/2 , the refractive index of the second refractive index matching layer n5=(n2*n3) 1/2 , In one embodiment, the range of n1 is 1.4-1.53, then the range of n4 is 1.18-1.24; in one embodiment, the range of n2 is 1.5-1.7, the range of n5 is 1.22-1.3, and 0.16≤n1- n4≤0.35, 0.18≤n4-n3≤0.24; 0.2≤n2-n5≤0.48, 0.22≤n5-n1≤0.3, it can be seen that after setting the first index matching layer and the second index matching layer, it can effectively Reduce light reflection and improve light utilization.
关于第一折射率匹配层的厚度d1、第二折射率匹配层的厚度d2,可使反射光干涉相消,以进一步减少光的反射。由于n1>n4>n3,不存在半波损失,由于可见光的波长范围为400~760nm,为减少蓝光对人眼的危害以及提高人体对光的舒适感,因此需要增加蓝光的反射及减少红光的反射,可在第一折射率匹配层时主要增加蓝光反射,则第一折射率匹配层的厚度d1=(2k+1)λ/[4*((n4 2-n1 2*sinα 2) 1/2)],(k=0,1,2,3…..),α为光从LED灯珠的封装层射入第一折射率匹配层的入射角,λ为蓝光的波长。 Regarding the thickness d1 of the first refractive index matching layer and the thickness d2 of the second refractive index matching layer, the interference of the reflected light can be canceled, so as to further reduce the reflection of light. Since n1>n4>n3, there is no half-wave loss. Since the wavelength range of visible light is 400-760nm, in order to reduce the harm of blue light to the human eye and improve the comfort of the human body to light, it is necessary to increase the reflection of blue light and reduce the red light. The reflection of the first index matching layer can mainly increase the blue light reflection, then the thickness of the first index matching layer d1=(2k+1)λ/[4*((n4 2 -n1 2 *sinα 2 ) 1 /2 )], (k=0,1,2,3....), α is the incident angle of light entering the first refractive index matching layer from the encapsulation layer of the LED lamp bead, and λ is the wavelength of blue light.
第二层折射率匹配层主要减少红光的反射,则第二折射率匹配层的厚度为d2=kλ/[2*(n5 2-n2 2*sinβ 2) 1/2](k=1,2,3…..)。β为光从灯罩射入第二折射率匹配层的入射角,λ为红光的波长;通过以上两层厚度的设置,可使LED灯具达到较佳的色温,使室内具有温暖舒适的氛围。 The second index matching layer mainly reduces the reflection of red light, then the thickness of the second index matching layer is d2=kλ/[2*(n5 2 -n2 2 *sinβ 2 ) 1/2 ](k=1, 2,3…..). β is the incident angle of light entering the second refractive index matching layer from the lampshade, and λ is the wavelength of red light; by setting the thickness of the above two layers, the LED lamps can achieve a better color temperature and make the room have a warm and comfortable atmosphere.
在其它实施例中,也可将第一折射率匹配层设为主要减少红光的反射,d1=kλ/[2*(n4 2-n1 2*sinα 2) 1/2](k=1,2,3…..),α为光从LED灯珠的封装层射入第一折射率匹配层的入射角,λ为红光的波长,第二折射率匹配层为主要增加蓝光反射,d2=(2k+1)λ/[4*((n5 2-n2 2*sinβ 2) 1/2)],(k=0,1,2,3…..),β为光从灯罩射入第二折射率匹配层的入射角,λ为蓝光的波长。 In other embodiments, the first index matching layer can also be set to mainly reduce the reflection of red light, d1=kλ/[2*(n4 2 -n1 2 *sinα 2 ) 1/2 ](k=1, 2,3…..), α is the incident angle of light entering the first refractive index matching layer from the packaging layer of the LED lamp bead, λ is the wavelength of red light, and the second refractive index matching layer mainly increases the reflection of blue light, d2 =(2k+1)λ/[4*((n5 2 -n2 2 *sinβ 2 ) 1/2 )], (k=0,1,2,3…..), β is the light entering from the lampshade The incident angle of the second index matching layer, λ is the wavelength of blue light.
于一实施例中,灯罩1的外表面上可设有多层光学膜,光从灯罩1至空气传播方向上,多层光学膜的折射率依次为n H,n L,n H,n L……,n H,H表示高折射率膜,L表示低折射率膜。在其它实施例中,光从灯罩1至空气传播方向上,多层光学膜的光学厚度分别为0.5λ1,0.25λ2,0.5λ1,0.25λ2……,0.5λ1,λ1为蓝光的波长,λ2为红光的波长,因可见光波长范围 宽,单层光学膜不能很好的达到增透或增反效果,采用多层光学膜,可根据灯具的显色指数或色温要求,对不同波长的光进行增透或增反,以得到优异的出光效果。 In one embodiment, the outer surface of the lampshade 1 may be provided with a multilayer optical film, and the refractive indices of the multilayer optical films are n H , n L , n H , and n L in the direction of light propagation from the lamp shade 1 to the air. ..., n H , H represents a high refractive index film, and L represents a low refractive index film. In other embodiments, the optical thicknesses of the multilayer optical films are respectively 0.5λ1, 0.25λ2, 0.5λ1, 0.25λ2..., 0.5λ1, λ1 is the wavelength of blue light, and λ2 is the wavelength of blue light from the lampshade 1 to the air propagation direction. The wavelength of red light, due to the wide wavelength range of visible light, single-layer optical film can not achieve anti-reflection or anti-reflection effect well, using multi-layer optical film, according to the color rendering index or color temperature requirements of lamps, different wavelengths of light can be processed. Anti-reflection or anti-reflection to obtain excellent light-emitting effect.
本申请的LED灯具还可设置一些其它的结构。一实施例中,LED灯具中设有辅助光源,辅助光源向斜上方发射光并将光辐射至天花板,从而改善空间的亮度感。于一实施例中,灯具的高度(h)与宽度(w)满足关系式4≤d/h≤9。由此,可以实现能够获得期望亮度和期望光分布的照明光作为顶灯的照明器具,同时减少由于器具本体的存在而产生的重压痕。于一实施例中,灯罩1与底座3通过卡扣连接,两者连接的间隙处设有包含昆虫趋避剂的趋避剂保持层,有效防止虫进入灯具内部。于一实施例中,与电路板201垂直的位置上设有背光光源,远离底座3一侧的背面光源的LED芯片数量大于靠近底座3一侧的背光源的LED芯片的数量,可使发光面照度均匀。The LED lamps of the present application may also be provided with some other structures. In one embodiment, an auxiliary light source is provided in the LED lamp, and the auxiliary light source emits light obliquely upward and radiates the light to the ceiling, thereby improving the brightness of the space. In one embodiment, the height (h) and width (w) of the lamp satisfy the relational formula 4≤d/h≤9. Thereby, it is possible to realize a lighting fixture capable of obtaining illumination light of desired brightness and desired light distribution as a ceiling light, while reducing heavy indentation due to the presence of the fixture body. In one embodiment, the lampshade 1 and the base 3 are connected by snaps, and a repellent holding layer containing an insect repellant is provided at the gap between the two connections, so as to effectively prevent insects from entering the interior of the lamp. In one embodiment, a backlight source is provided at a position perpendicular to the circuit board 201, and the number of LED chips of the back light source on the side far from the base 3 is greater than the number of LED chips of the backlight source on the side close to the base 3, so that the light-emitting surface can be reduced. Illumination is uniform.
本发明实施方式中的灯具除了普通的照明功能之外,还实现了看家功能,具体主要包括三方面。第一方面的功能主要是针对居民外出一段时间,通常1天以上从而经历用灯照明时段的情况,在此期间灯具模拟居民平时的用灯状态,以向外界造成居民在家的印象。此功能有助于使盗窃者误以为家中有人从而不敢下手。第二方面的功能是针对居民不在家期间,家中进入可疑人物时向外部例如居民或指定的其他人提供信息。第三方面的功能是实现对居民的看视,通过居民的人体状态来判断其是否存在身体方面的突发状况并且就此向指定的其他人提供信息。实现上述功能的设置,可以用灯具的遥控器实现,也可以在灯具本体设置按键、显示屏、触摸屏等以实现人机交互,还可以使用智能设备例如智能手机、平板电脑等的应用程序来进行操作。以下对本发明实施方式的技术方案作具体说明。In addition to the ordinary lighting function, the lamp in the embodiment of the present invention also realizes the housekeeping function, which mainly includes three aspects. The first aspect of the function is mainly for residents to go out for a period of time, usually more than 1 day, so as to experience the lighting period with lights. During this period, the lamps simulate the normal lighting state of residents to create the impression of residents at home to the outside world. This feature helps to deter thieves from thinking that someone is in the home. The second aspect of the function is to provide information to outsiders such as residents or designated other persons when a suspicious person enters the home during the period when the resident is not at home. The function of the third aspect is to realize the observation of residents, to judge whether there is an emergency in the body through the state of the resident's body, and to provide information to other designated persons. The setting of the above-mentioned functions can be realized by the remote control of the lamp, or by setting buttons, display screens, touch screens, etc. on the lamp body to realize human-computer interaction, or by using the application programs of smart devices such as smart phones and tablet computers. operate. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention will be specifically described below.
图58是根据本发明实施方式的灯具的主要组成部分的示意图。如图58所示,LED灯具除了常规的发光元件1111和为其供电的第一供电模块1112之外,还包括处理模块1113、光传感器1114、红外传感器1115、通信模块1116以及为这四部分供电的第二供电模块1117。58 is a schematic diagram of the main components of a light fixture according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 58 , in addition to the conventional light-emitting element 1111 and the first power supply module 1112 for powering it, the LED lamp also includes a processing module 1113 , a light sensor 1114 , an infrared sensor 1115 , a communication module 1116 and power supply for these four parts The second power supply module 1117.
发光元件1111例如发光二极管LED阵列、如本申请的光源模组22等,也可以是白炽灯泡或者荧光灯管等元件。相应地,第一供电模块1112中可包含相应的电路,将220V市电转换为发光元件适用的形式,例如对于LED阵列,第一供电模块1112则包含相应的整流电路,如果是白炽灯,则第一供电模块1112主要由导线、接线装置等用于电连通的部件组成。The light-emitting element 1111 is, for example, a light-emitting diode LED array, the light source module 22 of the present application, or the like, and may also be an incandescent light bulb or a fluorescent tube or other element. Correspondingly, the first power supply module 1112 may include a corresponding circuit to convert the 220V commercial power into a form suitable for light-emitting elements. For example, for an LED array, the first power supply module 1112 includes a corresponding rectifier circuit. If it is an incandescent lamp, then The first power supply module 1112 is mainly composed of components used for electrical communication, such as wires and wiring devices.
处理模块1113主要包含处理器,以及其他辅助电路及元件,实现信息的逻辑处理,这些信息主要来自光传感器1114和红外传感器1115以及通信模块1116。光传感器1114主要用来感知环境光照强度,以供处理器判断是否需要开灯等。红外传感器1115通过获取环境的红外传感图像,以感知居民的人体状态。通信模块1116可以通过无线或有线局域网和/或无线通信网络例如3G/4G/5G等网络与外界进行双向通信,同时也用于与上述的遥控器进行通信。The processing module 1113 mainly includes a processor, and other auxiliary circuits and components to implement logical processing of information, which mainly comes from the light sensor 1114 and the infrared sensor 1115 and the communication module 1116 . The light sensor 1114 is mainly used to sense the ambient light intensity, so that the processor can determine whether the light needs to be turned on or not. The infrared sensor 1115 senses the human body state of the resident by acquiring the infrared sensing image of the environment. The communication module 1116 can perform two-way communication with the outside world through a wireless or wired local area network and/or a wireless communication network such as 3G/4G/5G, and is also used to communicate with the above-mentioned remote controller.
第二供电模块1117可包含整流滤波等转换电路以及包含电池,在市电正常时由该转换电路利用市电向处理模块1113、光传感器1114、红外传感器1115、通信模块1116供电,市电异常或无法供电时采用电池供电,另外如果发光元件1111是LED阵列,此时也可采用该电池供电。The second power supply module 1117 may include conversion circuits such as rectification and filtering, and a battery. When the commercial power is normal, the conversion circuit uses the commercial power to supply power to the processing module 1113, the optical sensor 1114, the infrared sensor 1115, and the communication module 1116. When the power supply cannot be used, the battery is used for power supply. In addition, if the light-emitting element 1111 is an LED array, the battery can also be used for power supply at this time.
以下先对本发明实施方式中实现上述第一方面的功能的技术方案加以说明。在居民外出时可以设置灯具为“看家模式”,在看家模式下,在处理模块1113的控制下,灯具的运行模拟居民在家的状态。如果环境光照强度足够暗,例如第一光强预设值100lx,并且当前时间未到预设的休息时间,则开启照明。到达该休息时间时则关闭照明,或者以较低的照明亮度档位运行一段时间再关闭照明。The technical solution for realizing the function of the above-mentioned first aspect in the embodiment of the present invention is first described below. When the resident goes out, the lamp can be set to "housekeeping mode". In the housekeeping mode, under the control of the processing module 1113, the operation of the lamp simulates the state of the resident at home. If the ambient light intensity is dark enough, for example, the first light intensity preset value is 100lx, and the current time has not reached the preset rest time, the lighting is turned on. When the rest time is reached, turn off the lighting, or operate at a lower lighting brightness level for a period of time and then turn off the lighting.
接下来在相当长一段预设时间段例如6至8小时不再开启照明,该时段即为休息时段;或者在该休息时段中间按预设的方式短暂开启一次至几次照明,以模拟用户起夜的状态。可以是随机的时刻开启,也可以是预设的时刻开启,时长为预设时长或随机的并且小于一预设值的时长。Next, the lighting is not turned on for a relatively long preset period of time, such as 6 to 8 hours, which is the rest period; state of the night. It can be turned on at a random time, or it can be turned on at a preset time, and the duration is a preset duration or a random duration less than a preset value.
对于不同的季节,早上起床之后可能需要或不需要照明,为此,处理模块1113可以在休息时段结束后根据环境光照强度确定是否需要开灯,或者根据当前日期来确定早上几点开灯。如果开灯,则在环境光照足够强,例如大于第二光强预设值时关灯。这里的第二光强预设值应当大于上述的第一光强预设值。For different seasons, lighting may or may not be required after getting up in the morning. For this reason, the processing module 1113 may determine whether to turn on the lights according to the ambient light intensity after the rest period ends, or determine what time to turn on the lights in the morning according to the current date. If the light is on, the light is turned off when the ambient light is strong enough, eg, greater than the second light intensity preset value. The second preset value of light intensity here should be greater than the aforementioned first preset value of light intensity.
当居民返回之后对灯具进行任何操作时,退出上述的看家模式。When the resident performs any operations on the lamps after returning, the above-mentioned housekeeping mode is exited.
以下对于本发明实施方式中实现上述第二方面的功能的技术方案加以说明。该功能针对非法入室的情况而设计,在上述的休息时段检测到有人移动但却未对灯进行操作,认为有人员非法侵入。用户可以在外出前开启该功能,实现监视功能,即进入监视模式。The following describes the technical solutions for realizing the functions of the second aspect in the embodiments of the present invention. This function is designed for the case of illegal entry. During the above-mentioned rest period, it is detected that someone moves but the light is not operated, and it is considered that someone has illegally entered. The user can turn on this function before going out to realize the monitoring function, that is, enter the monitoring mode.
在监视模式中,处理模块1113监听红外传感器1115提供的红外信号,该红外信号一般是红外传感图像,红外传感器1115可按一定的采样频率向处理模块提供这些图像。如果图像中存在热源区域,则认定其为不法人员,此时处理模块1113控制通信模块1116向外发送信息。具体可以是向居民或者指定的其他人,例如居民提供的联系人,或者小区物业、派出所等。所以在开启看家模式的情况下,最好也同时开启监视模式。In the monitoring mode, the processing module 1113 monitors the infrared signal provided by the infrared sensor 1115, the infrared signal is generally an infrared sensing image, and the infrared sensor 1115 can provide the processing module with these images at a certain sampling frequency. If there is a heat source area in the image, it is determined to be an illegal person, and at this time, the processing module 1113 controls the communication module 1116 to send information to the outside. Specifically, it may be a resident or other designated person, such as a contact person provided by a resident, or a residential property, a police station, and the like. Therefore, in the case of turning on the housekeeping mode, it is best to turn on the monitoring mode at the same time.
当居民返回家中,可以退出监视模式,此时对灯进行任何操作即可退出监视模式,此时在有多个灯具都处于监视模式的情况下,居民可以将其中的部分或全部灯具退出监视模式。因为在居民刚返回房间并且还未来得及退出监视模式时,居民自身作为热源会导致灯具也向外发送信息,所以在决定要向外发送信息之前,可以延时一段时间例如30S,以便居民退出该房间的灯的监视模式。也就是说,居民可以设置自己不在的房间为监视模式。When residents return home, they can exit the monitoring mode. At this time, they can exit the monitoring mode by performing any operation on the lights. At this time, when there are multiple lamps and lanterns in the monitoring mode, the residents can withdraw some or all of the lamps from the monitoring mode. . Because when the resident has just returned to the room and has not had time to exit the monitoring mode, the resident itself will cause the lamp to send information as a heat source, so before deciding to send information to the outside, it can be delayed for a period of time, such as 30S, so that the resident can exit the monitoring mode. Monitor mode for the lights in the room. That is, residents can set rooms where they are not in surveillance mode.
对于有宠物(主要指猫狗兔鸟等温血动物)的情况,上述红外传感图像会在居民不在家的时候仍包含热源区域。这种情况下处理模块1113应当对图像作一些过滤操作,为此,图像中的热源形状的高度和/或宽度即尺寸条件可以根据家中宠物的体型特点进行设置,若图像中的热源同时符合该尺寸条件,则忽略图像中的该热源区域,再对该图像进行判断。例如该高、宽如果同时设置为较小的数值,则可以消除猫、小型狗、兔、鸟导致的干扰。又如,针对大狗的体型,可设置为宽度明显大于高度。For pets (mainly referring to warm-blooded animals such as cats, dogs, rabbits and birds), the above infrared sensor images will still contain heat source areas when residents are not at home. In this case, the processing module 1113 should perform some filtering operations on the image. For this reason, the height and/or width, that is, the size condition of the heat source shape in the image can be set according to the physical characteristics of the pet at home. If the size condition is satisfied, the heat source area in the image is ignored, and then the image is judged. For example, if the height and width are set to small values at the same time, the interference caused by cats, small dogs, rabbits, and birds can be eliminated. For another example, for the size of a big dog, the width can be set to be significantly larger than the height.
以下对于本发明实施方式中实现上述第三方面的功能的技术方案加以说明。该功能可以利用红外传感器来实现,主要根据红外传感器1115提供的红外传感图像来判断屋内人员的状态。如果人员出现长时间不动,则说明可能有异常,此时应当向外部例如向屋内人员的亲属等发送信息。因此该功能可称为监护模式。The following describes the technical solution for realizing the function of the third aspect in the embodiment of the present invention. This function can be implemented by using an infrared sensor, and the state of the occupants in the house is mainly judged according to the infrared sensor image provided by the infrared sensor 1115 . If the person does not move for a long time, there may be an abnormality. At this time, information should be sent to the outside, such as the relatives of the person in the house. So this function can be called monitoring mode.
监护区域为红外传感器1115所能覆盖到的房屋内的区域,考虑到人员在地面区域、沙发区域、桌前区域、床区域等子区域的停留时间的差异,因此可以设置上述区域的范围,并针对各子区域分别设置时长预设值,这些设置作为监护设置信息进行保存。对图像进行判断时,考察图像中的热源区域与上述子区域重合时保持静止的时间,超出各自的预设值则发送信息。这里的重合可以设定一个阈值,例如重合面积占热源区域达到设定的百分比则认为是重合。The monitoring area is the area in the house that can be covered by the infrared sensor 1115. Considering the difference in the stay time of personnel in sub-areas such as the ground area, sofa area, desk area, bed area, etc., the range of the above area can be set, and Set the preset time duration for each sub-area, and these settings are saved as monitoring setting information. When judging the image, examine the time that the heat source area in the image and the above-mentioned sub-areas keep still when they overlap, and send information when they exceed their respective preset values. A threshold can be set for the overlap here. For example, if the overlap area accounts for a set percentage of the heat source area, it is considered as overlap.
可以保存一些检查设置信息,以实现检查屋内人员是否按时就寝、起床等。具体可设置就寝时刻和/或起床时刻作为检查时刻以及预设延时,如果在就寝时刻之后的预设延时之内,图像中的热源区域未与床区域重合,说明屋内人员未按时上床睡觉,此时可以向外部发送信息。如果在起床时刻之后的预设延时之内,图像中的热源区域仍与床区域重合,说明屋内人员未按时起床,此时也可以向外部发送信息。Some check setting information can be saved to check whether people in the house go to bed, get up on time, etc. Specifically, the time of going to bed and/or the time of getting up can be set as the inspection time and the preset delay time. If the heat source area in the image does not overlap with the bed area within the preset time delay after the time of going to bed, it means that the people in the house did not go to bed on time. , you can send information to the outside. If the heat source area in the image still overlaps with the bed area within the preset time delay after the time of getting up, it means that the people in the room did not get up on time, and information can also be sent to the outside at this time.
如果人员在屋内由于各种原因跌倒并且不能起来,本功能也可以实现提醒。具体可以进行一些设置,在此称作跌倒设置,其中主要包括跌倒区域、跌到时长、跌倒目标的设置。跌倒区域一般是设置为地面区域,即避开沙发、床等可以躺的位置。跌倒目标的设置,即根据人员站立时和跌倒时的姿态差异设置,表现在热源区域上一般是热源区域的高度、宽度的改变。所以热源区域形状的高度、宽度可以设置,或者设置二者的大小关系,例如高度为宽度的一半。该设置是考虑到如果热源区域的高度小于宽度的一半,则认为人员已经跌倒。不同位置的灯具的视角不同,所以这里的高度宽度的关系,同样应当考虑灯具所在的位置。另外还可以按前文所述的方式,通过设置热源区域的尺寸来消除宠物的影响。If a person falls and cannot get up due to various reasons in the house, this function can also be reminded. Specifically, some settings can be made, which are referred to as fall settings here, which mainly include the settings of the fall area, the fall duration, and the fall target. The fall area is generally set as the ground area, that is, avoiding the position where the sofa, bed, etc. can lie down. The setting of the fall target, that is, the setting according to the posture difference between the person standing and the fall, is generally reflected in the change of the height and width of the heat source area in the heat source area. Therefore, the height and width of the shape of the heat source area can be set, or the size relationship between the two can be set, for example, the height is half of the width. This setting takes into account that a person is considered to have fallen if the height of the heat source area is less than half the width. The viewing angles of lamps in different positions are different, so the relationship between the height and width here should also consider the position of the lamps. In addition, the influence of pets can be eliminated by setting the size of the heat source area in the manner described above.
根据上述设置,对于图像中的热源区域进行判断,若其位于地面区域,形状符合跌倒目标,即形状尺寸在跌倒目标尺寸范围内,例如其高度小于宽度的一半,并且接收到这种图像的时间达到上述时长预设值,则认为屋内人员倒地不起,此时应当向外部发送信息。According to the above settings, for the heat source area in the image, if it is located in the ground area, the shape conforms to the fall target, that is, the shape and size are within the range of the fall target size, for example, its height is less than half of its width, and the time when the image was received When the above preset time duration is reached, it is considered that the people in the house cannot afford to fall to the ground, and information should be sent to the outside at this time.
第三方面的功能也可以基于视觉传感功能来实现,即用摄像头代替红外传感器1115(也可以二者兼备),摄像头采集的环境图像交由处理模块1113进行分析,这种分析可以应用模式识别等技术以确定环境内的特定对象的状态。该方式不仅能更精确地识别人员在屋内的姿势等状态,还可以实现人员的手势识别。具体应用时,摄像头采集环境图像然后交由处理模块1113进行识别,如果识别出环境图像中包含人体图像,则对人体姿态进行判断。这里的判断是针对一些预设的条件,例如判断人体是否跌倒等,可以采用模式识别的方式进行分析。如果人体姿态符合预设条件则向外部发送信息。The function of the third aspect can also be realized based on the visual sensing function, that is, a camera is used to replace the infrared sensor 1115 (or both), and the environmental image collected by the camera is sent to the processing module 1113 for analysis, and pattern recognition can be applied to this analysis. and other techniques to determine the state of a particular object within the environment. This method can not only more accurately recognize the posture and other states of the person in the house, but also realize the gesture recognition of the person. In a specific application, the camera collects an environment image and then sends it to the processing module 1113 for identification. If it is recognized that the environment image contains a human body image, the human body posture is judged. The judgment here is based on some preset conditions, such as judging whether the human body falls, etc., which can be analyzed by means of pattern recognition. If the posture of the human body meets the preset conditions, it will send information to the outside.
在采用摄像头进行图像采集的方式中,还可以对人体图像进行手势识别,此时可以根据人员特定的手势向外发送对应于该手势的特定信息。In the way of using the camera for image acquisition, gesture recognition can also be performed on the human body image, and at this time, specific information corresponding to the gesture can be sent to the outside according to the specific gesture of the person.
本发明实施方式中的灯具,可以是吸顶灯,也可以是台灯、落地灯、壁灯等。对于多居室的房屋,多个灯具接入同一局域网,可以采用一致化的设置或分别设置。若同一个房间有多个灯具,可以指定其中一个为主要灯具,由其向外部发送信息。对于多个灯具,在设置模式时可以联动也可以分别进行。例如某一灯具进入或退出了看家模式,则可以所有其他灯具进入或退出看家模式。某一灯具进入或退出了监视模式或监护模式,其他灯具可不受影响或进行联动即同时进入或退出。还可以将灯具分组,同组的灯具联动,不同组灯具不联动。The lamps in the embodiments of the present invention may be ceiling lamps, table lamps, floor lamps, wall lamps, and the like. For multi-room houses, if multiple lamps are connected to the same local area network, unified settings or separate settings can be adopted. If there are multiple lamps in the same room, you can designate one of them as the main lamp to send information to the outside. For multiple lamps, they can be linked together or separately when setting the mode. For example, if a fixture enters or exits the housekeeping mode, all other fixtures can enter or exit the housekeeping mode. When a fixture enters or exits monitoring mode or monitoring mode, other fixtures can enter or exit at the same time without being affected or by linkage. You can also group lamps, lamps in the same group are linked, and lamps in different groups are not linked.
根据本发明实施方式的技术方案,灯具中设置有光传感器和红外传感器以及通信模块,采用适应的程序能够实现模拟家中有人、发现不法人员以及监护家人等功能,扩展了灯具的应用方式,提高了居家各方面的安全。According to the technical solution of the embodiment of the present invention, the light sensor, the infrared sensor and the communication module are arranged in the light fixture, and the functions of simulating someone at home, finding outlaws, and monitoring family members can be realized by adopting an adaptive program, which expands the application mode of the light fixture and improves the All aspects of home safety.
以上所述本申请的各种实施例特征,可以在不相互排斥的情况下任意组合变换,并不局限于具体的一种实施例中。例如图18所示的实施例中所述,这些特征虽然未在图46所示的实施例中说明亦可包括有图18实施例所述特征,但很显然,本领域普通技术人员可以根据图18的说明不经创造性的将此等特征应用于图46;又例如,本申请虽然以LED吸顶灯为例对各种创作方案进行了说明,但明显的这些设计均可以不经创造性的应用于其他形状或者类型的灯中,在此不再一一列举。The features of the various embodiments of the present application described above can be arbitrarily combined and transformed without being mutually exclusive, and are not limited to a specific embodiment. For example, as described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18, although these features are not described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 46, the features described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 may also be included. The description of 18 applies these features to FIG. 46 without creativity; for another example, although the present application describes various creation schemes by taking LED ceiling lamps as an example, it is obvious that these designs can be applied without creativity. The lamps of other shapes or types are not listed here.
本申请中的灯罩、光电模组、底座及其应用的LED灯具各实施例的实现已如前所述,需要提醒的是,以上所述各个实施例中涉及的诸如“灯罩”、“电路板”、“绝缘单元”、“LED芯片的排布方式”、“底座”等特征在不相互冲突的情况下可以包括一个、两个、多个或者所有技术特征。有关的对应内容系可选自于包含有对应实施例中的技术特征之一或其组合。The implementation of the lampshade, optoelectronic module, base and various embodiments of the LED lamps to which they are applied in the present application have been described as described above. ”, “insulation unit”, “arrangement of LED chips”, “base” and other features may include one, two, more or all technical features if they do not conflict with each other. The relevant corresponding content can be selected from one or a combination of the technical features included in the corresponding embodiment.
本申请在上文中已以较佳实施例揭露,然熟悉本项技术者应理解的是,该实施例仅用于描绘本申请,而不应解读为限制本申请的范围。应注意的是,举凡与该实施例等效的变化与置换,均应设为涵盖于本申请的范畴内。因此,本申请的保护范围当以所附的权利要求书所 界定的范围为准。The present application has been disclosed above with preferred embodiments, but those skilled in the art should understand that the embodiments are only used to describe the present application and should not be construed as limiting the scope of the present application. It should be noted that all changes and substitutions equivalent to this embodiment should be set to be covered within the scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application shall be subject to the scope defined by the appended claims.

Claims (10)

  1. 一种LED灯具,其特征在于,LED灯具包括灯罩、与灯罩相连接的底座,灯罩与底座所形成的第一容置空间内设有光电模组,光电模组包括第一绝缘部、电源模组和电路板,电路板包括相对设置的第一面和第二面,第一绝缘部覆盖第一面上的电子元件,第一绝缘部包括光处理单元,光处理单元包括对应于一部分电源模组设有第二光处理区,第二光处理区设有至少一个延伸部,延伸部穿过电路板上的穿孔。An LED lamp is characterized in that, the LED lamp comprises a lampshade and a base connected with the lampshade, a first accommodating space formed by the lampshade and the base is provided with a photoelectric module, and the photoelectric module comprises a first insulating part, a power module A set and a circuit board, the circuit board includes a first surface and a second surface arranged oppositely, a first insulating part covers the electronic components on the first surface, the first insulating part includes a light processing unit, and the light processing unit includes a part corresponding to a power supply module. The group is provided with a second light treatment area, and the second light treatment area is provided with at least one extension part, and the extension part passes through the through hole on the circuit board.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的LED灯具,其特征在于,电路板第一面上设有第一芯片区和第二芯片区,第一芯片区至底座的距离小于第二芯片区至底座的距离。The LED lamp of claim 1, wherein a first chip area and a second chip area are arranged on the first surface of the circuit board, and the distance from the first chip area to the base is smaller than the distance from the second chip area to the base.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的LED灯具,其特征在于,光处理单元还包括分别对应于第一芯片区、第二芯片区的第一光处理区、第三光处理区。The LED lamp according to claim 2, wherein the light processing unit further comprises a first light processing area and a third light processing area corresponding to the first chip area and the second chip area, respectively.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的LED灯具,其特征在于,第一芯片区和第二芯片区包括至少一个LED芯片,第一芯片区中相邻LED芯片间的距离小于第二芯片区中相邻LED芯片间的距离。The LED lamp according to claim 2, wherein the first chip area and the second chip area comprise at least one LED chip, and the distance between adjacent LED chips in the first chip area is smaller than that between adjacent LED chips in the second chip area distance between chips.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的LED灯具,其特征在于,第二芯片区包括第一LED芯片组、第二LED芯片组和第三LED芯片组,第一LED芯片组、第二LED芯片组及第三LED芯片组分别位于不同的圆周上,第二芯片组中LED芯片的数量小于第一芯片组中LED芯片的数量,第一芯片组中LED芯片的数量小于第三芯片组中LED芯片的数量。The LED lamp according to claim 2, wherein the second chip area comprises a first LED chip group, a second LED chip group and a third LED chip group, the first LED chip group, the second LED chip group and the third LED chip group The three LED chip groups are respectively located on different circumferences. The number of LED chips in the second chip group is smaller than that in the first chip group, and the number of LED chips in the first chip group is smaller than the number of LED chips in the third chip group. .
  6. 根据权利要求2所述的LED灯具,其特征在于,电源模组包括分别位于电路板第一面和第二面的第一电源模组和第二电源模组,第一电源模组位于第一芯片区与第二芯片区之间。The LED lamp according to claim 2, wherein the power module comprises a first power module and a second power module respectively located on the first side and the second side of the circuit board, and the first power module is located on the first side of the circuit board. between the chip area and the second chip area.
  7. 根据权利要求3所述的LED灯具,其特征在于,第一芯片组中相邻两LED芯片之间具有一中心点O 1,O 2,……,O n,n≥1,第三芯片组中相邻两LED芯片之间具有中心点Q 1,Q 2,……,Q m,m≥1,n,m均为整数,m>1时,O 1与Q 1之间的距离小于O 1与Q m之间的距离。 The LED lamp according to claim 3, wherein there is a center point O 1 , O 2 , . . . , On , n≥1 between two adjacent LED chips in the first chip group, and the third chip group There are central points Q 1 , Q 2 , ..., Q m , m ≥ 1, n, m are integers between two adjacent LED chips, when m > 1, the distance between O 1 and Q 1 is less than O The distance between 1 and Q m .
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的LED灯具,其特征在于,当n=m,n,m≥1,n,m均为整数时,中心点O 2n-1与中心点Q 3m-2的连线经过第二芯片组的至少一个LED芯片。 The LED lamp according to claim 7, characterized in that, when n=m, n, m≥1, and n, m are both integers, the line connecting the center point O 2n-1 and the center point Q 3m-2 passes through At least one LED chip of the second chipset.
  9. 根据权利要求3所述的LED灯具,其特征在于,第一光处理区和/或第三光处理区的截面与第二光处理的截面不同。The LED luminaire of claim 3, wherein the cross section of the first light treatment area and/or the third light treatment area is different from the cross section of the second light treatment area.
  10. 根据权利要求3所述的LED灯具,其特征在于,在LED灯具的高度方向上,第二光处理区的高度大于或等于第一光处理区、第三光处理区的高度。The LED lamp according to claim 3, wherein in the height direction of the LED lamp, the height of the second light treatment area is greater than or equal to the height of the first light treatment area and the third light treatment area.
PCT/CN2021/110428 2020-08-04 2021-08-04 Led lamp WO2022028443A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023600012U JP3242784U (en) 2020-08-04 2021-08-04 LED lamp

Applications Claiming Priority (14)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010770815 2020-08-04
CN202010770815.3 2020-08-04
CN202110103306.X 2021-01-26
CN202110103306 2021-01-26
CN202110157910.0 2021-02-05
CN202110159501 2021-02-05
CN202110159501.4 2021-02-05
CN202110157910 2021-02-05
CN202110392964.5 2021-04-13
CN202110392964 2021-04-13
CN202110712149 2021-06-25
CN202110712149.2 2021-06-25
CN202110819526 2021-07-20
CN202110819526.2 2021-07-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022028443A1 true WO2022028443A1 (en) 2022-02-10

Family

ID=80117003

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/110428 WO2022028443A1 (en) 2020-08-04 2021-08-04 Led lamp

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (2) JP2022029443A (en)
CN (4) CN219606986U (en)
WO (1) WO2022028443A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI827481B (en) * 2023-03-10 2023-12-21 群光電子股份有限公司 Light emitting device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWM452300U (en) * 2013-01-02 2013-05-01 Da Yuan Technology Co Ltd Ceiling lamp
US20160169503A1 (en) * 2014-12-14 2016-06-16 Shih-Yun Chen Led lamp for ceiling fan and ceiling fan having the same
CN205746110U (en) * 2016-06-21 2016-11-30 中山市欧特朗电器照明有限公司 A kind of LED light source module
CN205842240U (en) * 2016-07-01 2016-12-28 江门简派照明电气有限公司 A kind of drive built-in LED lamp
CN206280752U (en) * 2016-12-19 2017-06-27 江西美的贵雅照明有限公司 A kind of optics module and lighting device
CN107023759A (en) * 2017-02-24 2017-08-08 宁波凯耀电器制造有限公司 Plate-like LED/light source

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWM452300U (en) * 2013-01-02 2013-05-01 Da Yuan Technology Co Ltd Ceiling lamp
US20160169503A1 (en) * 2014-12-14 2016-06-16 Shih-Yun Chen Led lamp for ceiling fan and ceiling fan having the same
CN205746110U (en) * 2016-06-21 2016-11-30 中山市欧特朗电器照明有限公司 A kind of LED light source module
CN205842240U (en) * 2016-07-01 2016-12-28 江门简派照明电气有限公司 A kind of drive built-in LED lamp
CN206280752U (en) * 2016-12-19 2017-06-27 江西美的贵雅照明有限公司 A kind of optics module and lighting device
CN107023759A (en) * 2017-02-24 2017-08-08 宁波凯耀电器制造有限公司 Plate-like LED/light source

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI827481B (en) * 2023-03-10 2023-12-21 群光電子股份有限公司 Light emitting device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN216047513U (en) 2022-03-15
JP2022029443A (en) 2022-02-17
CN220249919U (en) 2023-12-26
JP3242784U (en) 2023-07-12
CN114076292A (en) 2022-02-22
CN219606986U (en) 2023-08-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6443507B2 (en) lighting equipment
JP5492899B2 (en) Distributed lighting system
JP5549926B2 (en) Lamp with lamp and lighting equipment
WO2021018289A1 (en) Led lamp
TW201433212A (en) Illuminating device and illuminating apparatus
WO2022028443A1 (en) Led lamp
JP2010251213A (en) Light-emitting module and lighting device
TW201312041A (en) Light-emitting circuit and luminaire
KR100945175B1 (en) Led lighting apparatus
WO2021020097A1 (en) Illumination device
KR100936783B1 (en) Led lighting apparatus
US20160258609A1 (en) Led lighting apparatus
KR100945173B1 (en) Led lighting apparatus
JP5559649B2 (en) Lighting device
JP3242675U (en) LED lamp
JP2012129064A (en) Lighting fixture
KR20120000729U (en) The Lighting for Ceiling
JP2011029095A (en) Illumination fixture
JP2024037596A (en) Lighting device
JP2015153601A (en) Luminaire

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21852735

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023600012

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21852735

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1